Page 1 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Page 2 of 204
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This document was produced with the kind assistance of the Australian Government through
the Samoa-Australia Partnership for Development, under the TVET Strengthening
Programme.
A note of appreciation is also extended to the hardworking members of the Trade Sector
Advisory Group who provided advice, industry feedback and constructive criticism in their
advisory role throughout this project.
Trades Sector Advisory Group Members
Papalii Grant Percival, Representative, SUNGO (CHAIRMAN)
Hobart Vaai, Manager Member Services, National Private Sector Organisation Samoa
Tupai Mau Simanu, Registrar, Institute of Professional Engineers Samoa
Maria Leota, President, Samoa Refrigeration Engineers Association
Papalii Pasi Poloa, President, Samoa Master Builders Association
Letiu Tamatoa S Penaia, Chairman, Samoa Plumbers Association
Sera Moananu, Training Coordinator, SUNGO
Eseta Faafeu-Hope, Dean Faculty of Applied Sciences, National University of Samoa
Father Chris Ford, Principal, Don Bosco Technical Centre
Rev Uale Misifoa, Principal, Laumua o Punaoa Technical & Creative Centre
Sa’u Taupisi Faamau, ACEO Apprenticeship, Employment & Labour Market, MCIL
Elsa Fruean, ACEO Asset Management Building, MWTI
Elisaia Talouli, ACEO Corporate Services, MNRE
Tagaloa Patricia Ah Chong-Fruean, Manager Human Resources, EPC
Kolone Tikeri, Human Resources Coordinator, SWA
Sepelini Su’a, Secondary Curriculum Officer Design Technology, MESC
Ropati Mualia, Principal Officer, HR Planning & Development Services, PSC
Tuiavii Alapati Pupi, President, Samoa Motor Trades Association
Tea Tepora Wright, ACEO Qualifications Services, SQA
Fagalima Tuatagaloa, Principal Qualifications Officer, SQA
This document is copyright.
Reproduction of material from the document is welcomed with acknowledgement of the
source.
Reproduction for sale is not allowed without permission from
The Chief Executive Officer
Samoa Qualifications Authority
P O Box L851
TATTE Building Level 2 SOGI, SAMOA
Email: [email protected]
Page 3 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
CONTENTS
PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENT ......................................................................................... 8
DEVELOPMENT PROCESS ................................................................................................... 8
DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................................................... 8
SECTOR INFORMATION ...................................................................................................... 9
OCCUPATIONAL INFORMATION ...................................................................................... 9
LEARNING AND CAREER PATHWAYS .......................................................................... 11
SAMOA QUALIFICATIONS AND NATIONAL COMPETENCY STANDARDS
MATRIX ................................................................................................................................. 12
CODING FOR SAMOA QUALIFICATIONS ............................................................... 12
CODING FOR NATIONAL COMPETENCY STANDARDS ...................................... 12
SAMOA QUALIFICATIONS ................................................................................................ 18
Samoa Certificate I Trades Foundation Skills ................................................................. 18
Samoa Certificate II Automotive Engineering ................................................................ 21
Samoa Certificate III Automotive Engineering ............................................................... 24
Samoa Certificate IV Automotive Engineering ............................................................... 29
NATIONAL COMPETENCY STANDARDS ....................................................................... 33
MF02005 Apply mathematical processes to workplace projects .................................. 33
MF09003 Attend to customer enquiries face-to-face and on the telephone .................... 34
MF09006 Demonstrate and apply knowledge of a personal computer system ............... 36
MF09015 Demonstrate care and timeliness as an employee ........................................... 38
MF09016 Complete a work experience placement ......................................................... 40
MF09017 Participate and communicate in a team or group to complete a routine task . 41
MF09018 Complete an incident report ............................................................................ 42
AB10082 Use hardware and fastenings for a construction trades project ....................... 43
AB10083 Use joints for a construction trades project ..................................................... 45
AB10084 Demonstrate knowledge of construction and manufacturing materials used in
construction trades projects ............................................................................................. 46
ER45010 Draw and explain simple electrical diagrams .................................................. 48
ER26019 Demonstrate basic engineering workshop skills under close supervision....... 50
ER26020 Develop a simple product using engineering materials ................................... 52
ER26021 Demonstrate knowledge of safety procedures in a specific engineering
workshop ......................................................................................................................... 54
ER26036 Select, use, and care for, engineering hand tools ............................................ 55
Page 4 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
ER26037 Select, use, and care for simple measuring devices used in engineering ........ 56
HE22001 Demonstrate knowledge of workplace health and safety requirements .......... 57
AB18003 Identify and describe hand tools and testing equipment for plumbing ........... 58
AB18014 Identify and describe trade equipment and power tools used for plumbing ... 59
ER26046 Demonstrate knowledge of safety on engineering worksites .......................... 59
ER26047 Apply safe working practices on an engineering worksite .............................. 61
ER18001 Demonstrate knowledge of safe working practices in an Automotive workshop
......................................................................................................................................... 62
ER18002 Demonstrate knowledge of hand tools and workshop equipment for motor
industry applications ........................................................................................................ 64
ER18003 Describe motor vehicle safe motoring requirements and general locations of
systems and components ................................................................................................. 66
ER18004 Explain the operation of two and four stroke petrol and diesel engines ......... 67
ER18005 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive batteries ........................................... 68
ER18006 Service an Automotive Battery ....................................................................... 70
ER18007 Demonstrate knowledge of motor vehicle restraint systems ........................... 71
ER18008 Demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing faults in engine management systems
......................................................................................................................................... 74
ER18009 Inspect, diagnose, and rectify faults in engine management systems ............. 75
ER18010 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive instruments and gauges, and testing
and rectifying system faults ............................................................................................. 77
ER18011 Demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing vehicle or machine cooling system
faults and their causes ...................................................................................................... 78
ER18012 Demonstrate knowledge of preparing to test, and testing for faults in an
Automotive air conditioning system................................................................................ 80
ER18013 Demonstrate knowledge of testing and rectifying diesel engine shutdown
system faults .................................................................................................................... 81
ER18014 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive electronic ignition system operation 83
ER19001 Disassemble and reassemble a single cylinder or multi-cylinder four stroke
engine under supervision ................................................................................................. 85
ER19002 Remove and replace road wheels in the motor industry .................................. 86
ER19003 Perform general servicing checks on a motor vehicle ..................................... 87
ER19004 Diagnose and rectify faults in light commercial vehicles Anti-Lock Brake
System. ............................................................................................................................ 89
ER19005 Identify the general locations and functions of motor vehicle systems and main
components ...................................................................................................................... 90
Page 5 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
ER19006 Demonstrate knowledge of Manual Transmission .......................................... 93
ER19007 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive lubricants and sealants .................... 94
ER19008 Demonstrate knowledge of Vehicle Braking System ...................................... 95
ER19009 Diagnose and rectify brake system faults on light vehicles ............................ 96
ER19010 Service bearings and seals in vehicles or equipment ....................................... 98
ER19011 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle Steering and Suspension system ........... 100
ER19012 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive cooling systems ............................. 101
ER19013 Service Automotive cooling systems ............................................................ 102
ER19014 Demonstrate knowledge of cooling system operation, and factors that affect
system efficiency on vehicles. ....................................................................................... 104
ER19015 Demonstrate knowledge of basic tuning on a four stroke petrol engine ....... 105
ER19016 Carry out basic tuning on a four stroke petrol engine under supervision ...... 107
ER19017 Demonstrate knowledge of petrol Fuel System............................................. 110
ER19018 Demonstrate knowledge of an oxy-acetylene welding plant in motor industry
....................................................................................................................................... 111
ER19019 Perform minor servicing tasks on a diesel fuel system ................................. 113
ER19020 Demonstrate knowledge of hydraulic brake fluid, fluid replacement and brake
bleeding procedures ....................................................................................................... 114
ER19021 Remove and replace light vehicle brake pads and shoes ............................... 115
ER19022 Demonstrate knowledge of fuel emissions, and vehicle emission controls .. 117
ER19023 Check and adjust vehicle front and rear wheel alignment ............................. 118
ER19024 Dismantle, inspect, and overhaul vehicle manual steering boxes and rack
assemblies ...................................................................................................................... 119
ER19025 Diagnose suspension and manual steering faults on light vehicles ............... 121
ER19026 Demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing and rectifying vehicle power-assisted
steering system faults..................................................................................................... 122
ER19027 Test, diagnose, and rectify vehicle hydraulic power-assisted steering system
faults .............................................................................................................................. 123
ER19028 Overhaul a power steering pump ................................................................... 125
ER19029 Rectify driveline faults on light vehicles and overhaul and constant velocity
joints (CV) ..................................................................................................................... 126
ER19030 Demonstrate knowledge of light vehicle automatic transmissions and their
servicing requirements ................................................................................................... 127
ER19031 Carry out routine maintenance on automotive automatic transmissions ....... 128
ER19032 Remove and replace a light vehicle engine cam belt .................................... 130
Page 6 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
ER19033 Diagnose and rectify vehicle emission control system faults ........................ 132
ER19034 Diagnose and rectify faults in an engine flywheel ignition system ............... 134
ER19035 Diagnose and rectify faults in a common rail diesel fuel system .................. 136
ER19036 Tune and test a four stroke diesel engine ...................................................... 137
ER19037 Dismantle and inspect, overhaul and reassemble an automatic transmission or
transaxle assembly from a light vehicle. ....................................................................... 139
ER19038 Prepare and overhaul a final drive assembly from a light vehicle ................ 141
ER19039 Overhaul a manual transmission on a light vehicle ....................................... 143
ER19040 Remove and replace motor vehicle supplementary restraint systems ........... 144
ER19041 Diagnose four-wheel drive (4WD) or all-wheel drive (AWD) system faults on
light vehicles .................................................................................................................. 146
ER19042 Diagnose and rectify faults in vehicle or machine engine cooling systems .. 148
ER19043 Rectify four-wheel drive (4WD) or all-wheel drive (AWD) system faults on
light vehicles .................................................................................................................. 150
ER19044 Diagnose and rectify faults in a carburetted petrol fuel system .................... 151
ER19045 Service and rectify faults in an Automotive air conditioning system ........... 153
ER19046 Remove and install an engine assembly from and to a light vehicle ............. 154
ER19047 Test and rectify starting aid system faults on a diesel engine ....................... 157
ER19048 Prepare to test, test and diagnose faults in an Automotive air conditioning
system ............................................................................................................................ 158
ER19049 Diagnose and rectify diesel engine shutdown system faults ......................... 160
ER20001 Select test equipment and test an electrical circuit ........................................ 161
ER20002 Describe the Starting and Charging and their operation ............................... 163
ER20003 Describe the Ignition System and their operation ......................................... 164
ER20004 Demonstrate knowledge of protecting vehicle electronic in Automotive
industry .......................................................................................................................... 165
ER20005 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive Electrical Principles ...................... 167
ER20006 Install electronic circuitry to suit specific applications and components ...... 168
ER20007 Protect electronics when servicing or repairing a vehicle or machine in the
motor industry................................................................................................................ 169
ER20008 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive lighting systems, and headlamp
adjustment ...................................................................................................................... 170
ER20009 Rectify simple vehicle lighting faults, and adjust vehicle lamps .................. 172
ER20010 Carry out Automotive wiring, repairs and replace a wiring circuit ............... 173
Page 7 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
ER20011 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle body electronic control security systems,
and testing and rectifying faults ..................................................................................... 175
ER20012 Test for and rectify Automotive wiper system faults .................................... 176
ER20013 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle body electronic control safety systems, and
testing and rectifying faults ........................................................................................... 177
ER20014 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle power train electronic control systems, and
testing and rectifying faults ........................................................................................... 179
ER20015 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle ABS, TCS, and ESC electronic control
systems, and testing and rectifying faults ...................................................................... 181
ER20016 Demonstrate knowledge of electronic diesel management ........................... 182
ER20017 Test for and rectify faults in vehicle mechanical and body electronic control
systems........................................................................................................................... 184
ER20018 Identify a wiring diagram and translate information to a circuit in the motor
and related industries ..................................................................................................... 185
ER93001 Cost a job for the supply of a product, repair, or service in the motor and
related industries ............................................................................................................ 187
MF03003 Read texts to research information ............................................................... 188
ANNEX 1: THE SAMOA QUALIFICATIONS FRAMEWORK ....................................... 190
ANNEX 2: SQF LEVEL OUTCOME DESCRIPTORS ...................................................... 191
ANNEX 3: SQF FIELDS AND SUBFIELDS ..................................................................... 195
Page 8 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENT
The purpose of this document is provide information on National Competency Standards and
associated Samoa Qualifications for training providers who are currently delivering or
planning to deliver training to prepare individuals for work in the Automotive Trade.
This document contains the National Competency Standards and Samoa Qualifications for
recognising and assessing people’s skills within the Automotive Trade, as well as other
information that training providers will find useful.
All Samoa Qualifications listed in this document have been registered on the Samoa
Qualifications Framework.
DEVELOPMENT PROCESS
The National Competency Standards and Samoa Qualifications contained in this document
were developed using the processes outlined in the SQA Guidelines for Development of
National Competency Standards, and the SQA Guidelines for Development of National
Qualifications. These are:
1. Needs Analysis
2. Drafting
3. Validation
4. Endorsement
Sector stakeholders were consulted at every stage of this process to ensure the resulting
product reflected essential competencies for workplace performance.
A Sector Advisory Group made up of representatives of government, non-government,
industry, employer and professional organisations played an advisory role to SQA through
the development of these National Competency Standards and Samoa Qualifications.
DEFINITIONS
Samoa
Qualifications
Qualifications developed to meet a specific priority national need or
interest and whose development has involved, and has widespread
endorsement by, the appropriate national industry, profession or
community related to the qualification outcomes.
National
Competency
Standard (NCS)
National Competency Standards are specifications of competency
required to perform job roles within a particular industry or sector.
Learning outcome These are the building blocks of the NCS. They describe the activities
that must be completed in order to perform the function described in
the NCS title.
Performance
Standard
The performance standards describe how an assessor could judge
whether the learning outcome has been achieved.
Page 9 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
SECTOR INFORMATION
The automotive industry employs motor mechanics, auto electricians, spray painters, vehicle
builders and body repairers.
OCCUPATIONAL INFORMATION
Automotive technicians may do some or all of the following:
diagnose faults in vehicles, and work out what is causing them
dismantle engines, parts or systems requiring attention
rebuild, repair or replace any faulty parts or systems
service vehicles, including changing vehicle lubricants (such as oil) and coolants
(such as radiator coolant)
AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRY
AUTOMOTIVE TECHNICIAN
AUTO ELECTRICIAN
SPRAY PAINTER VEHICLE
MANUFACTURE
BODY REPAIR
Page 10 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
carry out vehicle Warrant of Fitness checks
carry out performance modifications to vehicles
Automotive technicians need to have knowledge of:
vehicle engines, parts and systems
vehicle electronic systems
Warrant of Fitness regulations and safety standards.
Page 11 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
LEARNING AND CAREER PATHWAYS
ENTRY
EQUIREMENT
SAMOA
QUALIFICATIONS
CAREER
OPPORTUNITIES
OPEN ENTRY
Samoa Certificate 1
Trades Foundation Skills
Work as a Beginner in a
trade field RECO
GN
ITIO
N O
F CU
RREN
T CO
MPETEN
CY
SAMOA SCHOOL
CERTIFICATE(SSC)
Samoa Certificate II
Automotive Engineering
Work under supervision
of a qualified
tradesperson
PSSC/SSLC
Samoa Certificate III
Automotive Engineering
Work as Assistant to a
qualified tradesperson
Samoa Certificate IV
Automotive Engineering
Work as a qualified
tradesperson
Page 12 of 204
SAMOA QUALIFICATIONS AND NATIONAL COMPETENCY STANDARDS MATRIX
CODE SAMOA QUALIFICATIONS CREDIT VALUES
ERI-1301
Samoa Certificate I Trades Foundation Skills
74
ERII-1303
Samoa Certificate II Automotive Engineering
80
ERIII-1304
Samoa Certificate III Automotive Engineering
146
ERIV-1302
Samoa Certificate IV Automotive Engineering
139
CODING FOR SAMOA QUALIFICATIONS
Once registered on the Samoa Qualifications Framework, Samoa Qualifications are assigned a coding based on:
1. The first 2 letters indicate the SQF Field, followed by
2. Roman Numeral (I-X) to indicate SQF Level, followed by
3. The last 2 digits of the year the qualification was registered, followed by
4. Numbering consecutively from 01-99
CODING FOR NATIONAL COMPETENCY STANDARDS
1. The first two Letters indicate the SQF Field, followed by
2. Two Numbers (01,…45,… 91,…) to indicate the Subfield in which the NCS falls, followed by
3. Numbering consecutively from 001-999
The list of SQF Fields and NCS Subfields are in Annex 3 of this document
Page 13 of 204
CODE
NATIONAL COMPETENCY STANDARDS
LE
VE
L
CR
ED
IT
Cer
t I
TF
S
Cer
t II
AU
Cer
t II
I A
U
Cer
t IV
AU
MF02005 Apply mathematical processes to workplace projects II 3
MF09003 Attend to customer enquiries face-to-face and on the telephone I 2
MF09006 Demonstrate and apply knowledge of a personal computer system I 3
MF09015 Demonstrate care and timeliness as an employee I 4
MF09016 Complete a work experience placement I 2
MF09017 Participate and communicate in a team or group to complete a routine task I 2
MF09018 Complete an incident report I 2
AB10082 Use hardware and fastenings for a construction trades project I 2
AB10083 Use joints for a construction trades project I 3
AB10084 Demonstrate knowledge of construction and manufacturing materials used in construction trades
projects
I 4
ER45010 Draw and explain simple electrical diagrams II 4
ER26019 Demonstrate basic engineering workshop skills under close supervision I 12
ER26020 Develop a simple product using engineering materials I 10
ER26021 Demonstrate knowledge of safety procedures in a specific engineering workshop I 2
ER26036 Select, use, and care for, engineering hand tools II 4
ER26037 Select, use, and care for simple measuring devices used in engineering I 2
HE22001 Demonstrate knowledge of workplace health and safety requirements I 3
AB18003 Identify and describe hand tools and testing equipment for plumbing II 2
AB18014 Identify and describe trade equipment and power tools used for plumbing II 1
ER26046 Demonstrate knowledge of safety on engineering worksites II 1
ER26047 Apply safe working practices on an engineering worksite II 2
Page 14 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
ER18001 Demonstrate knowledge of safe working practices in an Automotive workshop. II 2
ER18002 Demonstrate knowledge of hand tools and workshop equipment for motor industry applications. II 2
ER18003 Describe motor vehicle safe motoring requirements and general locations of systems and
components.
I 4
ER18004 Explain the operation of two and four stroke petrol and diesel engines. II 4
ER18005 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive batteries. II 2
ER18006 Service an Automotive battery. III 4
ER18007 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle restraint systems. III 5
ER18008 Demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing faults in engine management systems. IV 1
ER18009 Inspect, diagnose, and rectify faults in engine management systems. IV 6
ER18010 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive instruments and gauges, and testing and rectifying system
faults.
IV 2
ER18011 Demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing vehicle or machine cooling system faults and their causes. IV 3
ER18012 Demonstrate knowledge of preparing to test, and testing for faults in an Automotive air
conditioning system.
IV 4
ER18013 Demonstrate knowledge of testing and rectifying diesel engine shutdown system faults. IV 2
ER18014 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive electronic ignition system operation. IV 6
ER19001 Disassemble and reassemble a single cylinder or multi-cylinder four stroke engine under
supervision.
I 2
ER19002 Remove and replace road wheels in the motor industry. I 1
ER19003 Perform general servicing checks on a motor vehicle. II 3
ER19004 Diagnose and rectify faults in light commercial vehicles Anti-Lock Brake System. V 4
ER19005 Identify the general locations and functions of motor vehicle systems main components. II 4
ER19006 Demonstrate knowledge of Manual Transmission. II 2
ER19007 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive lubricants and sealants. II 2
ER19008 Demonstrate knowledge of Vehicle Braking System. II 2
ER19009 Diagnose and rectify brake system faults on light vehicles. IV 4
ER19010 Service bearings and seals in vehicles or equipment. III 3
ER19011 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle Steering and Suspension system. II 2
Page 15 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
ER19012 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive cooling systems. II 2
ER19013 Service Automotive cooling systems. II 3
ER19014 Demonstrate knowledge of cooling system operation, and factors that affect system efficiency on
vehicles or machines.
III 4
ER19015 Demonstrate knowledge of basic tuning on a four stroke petrol engine. II 3
ER19016 Carry out basic tuning on a four stroke petrol engine under supervision. II 4
ER19017 Demonstrate knowledge of petrol Fuel System. II 3
ER19018 Demonstrate knowledge of an oxy-acetylene welding plant in motor industry. II 3
ER19019 Perform minor servicing tasks on a diesel fuel system. II 2
ER19020 Demonstrate knowledge of hydraulic brake fluid, fluid replacement and brake bleeding procedures. II 2
ER19021 Remove and replace light vehicle brake pads and shoes. III 2
ER19022 Demonstrate knowledge of fuel emissions, and vehicle emission controls. III 4
ER19023 Check and adjust vehicle front and rear wheel alignment. III 4
ER19024 Dismantle, inspect, and overhaul vehicle manual steering boxes and rack assemblies. III 2
ER19025 Diagnose suspension and manual steering faults on light vehicles. III 2
ER19026 Demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing and rectifying vehicle power-assisted steering system faults. IV 2
ER19027 Test, diagnoses, and rectifies vehicle hydraulic power-assisted steering system faults. IV 2
ER19028 Overhaul a power steering pump. IV 2
ER19029 Rectify driveline faults on light vehicles and overhaul and constant velocity joints. III 3
ER19030 Demonstrate knowledge of light vehicle automatic transmissions and their servicing requirements. III 3
ER19031 Carry out routine maintenance on Automotive automatic transmissions. III 4
ER19032 Remove and replace a light vehicle engine cam belt. III 3
ER19033 Diagnose and rectify vehicle emission control system faults. IV 3
ER19034 Diagnose and rectify faults in an engine flywheel ignition system. III 3
ER19035 Diagnose and rectify faults in a common rail diesel fuel system. IV 3
ER19036 Tune and test a four stroke diesel engine. IV 6
ER19037 Dismantle and inspect, overhaul and reassemble an automatic transmission or transaxle assembly
from a light vehicle.
IV 8
ER19038 Prepare and overhaul a final drive assembly from a light vehicle. IV 6
Page 16 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
ER19039 Overhaul a manual transmission on light vehicles. IV 4
ER19040 Remove and replace motor vehicle supplementary restraint systems. IV 6
ER19041 Diagnose four-wheel drive (4WD) or all-wheel drive (AWD) system faults on light vehicles. IV 2
ER19042 Diagnose and rectify faults in vehicle or machine engine cooling systems. IV 5
ER19043 Rectify four-wheel drive (4WD) or all-wheel drive (AWD) system faults on light vehicles. IV 2
ER19044 Diagnose and rectify faults in a carburetted petrol fuel system. IV 4
ER19045 Service and rectify faults in an Automotive air conditioning system. IV 7
ER19046 Remove and install an engine assembly from and to a light vehicle. III 2
ER19047 Test and rectify starting aid system faults on a diesel engine. III 2
ER19048 Prepare to test, test and diagnose faults in an Automotive air conditioning system. IV 6
ER19049 Diagnose and rectify diesel engine shutdown system faults. IV 3
ER20001 Select test equipment and test an electrical circuit. II 4
ER20002 Describe the Starting and Charging and their operation. II 4
ER20003 Describe the Ignition System and their operation. II 4
ER20004 Demonstrate knowledge of protecting vehicle electronic in Automotive industry. II 2
ER20005 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive Electrical Principles. II 6
ER20006 Install electronic circuitry to suit specific applications and components. V 5
ER20007 Protect electronics when servicing or repairing a vehicle or machine in the motor industry. III 2
ER20008 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive lighting systems, and headlamp adjustment. III 2
ER20009 Rectify simple vehicle lighting faults, and adjusts vehicle lamps. III 3
ER20010 Carry out Automotive wiring repairs and replaces a wiring circuit. III 2
ER20011 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle body electronic control security systems, and testing and
rectifying faults.
IV 3
ER20012 Test for and rectify Automotive wiper system faults. IV 2
ER20013 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle body electronic control safety systems, and testing and
rectifying faults.
IV 3
ER20014 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle power train electronic control systems, and testing and
rectifying faults.
IV 3
ER20015 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle ABS, TCS, and ESC electronic control systems, and testing and
rectifying faults.
V 3
Page 17 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
ER20016 Demonstrate knowledge of electronic diesel management. IV 4
ER20017 Test for and rectify faults in vehicle mechanical and body electronic control systems. IV 10
ER20018 Identify a wiring diagram and translate information to a circuit in the motor and related industries. III 3
ER93001 Cost a job for the supply of a product, repair, or service in the motor and related industries. IV 3
MF03003 Read texts to research information. III 4
Page 18 of 204
SAMOA QUALIFICATIONS
Title Samoa Certificate I Trades Foundation Skills
SQF Level I Total Credit Value 74
Qualification
purpose statement
This qualification has been designed specifically to provide a progressive
pathway for people who may wish to integrate into a wide range of trade-
related occupations.
The Samoa Certificate I Trades Foundation Skills is awarded to learners who
have demonstrated competence in basic trade skills. In addition they will
have gained credit for literacy, numeracy, interpersonal, and communication
skills. These skills have been identified by employers as being important to
ensure a learner is equipped to operate, and be productive in the workplace
and so make an effective contribution to the workforce. Holders of this
qualification will also have credit for first aid and health and safety.
This qualification is intended to act as a springboard from which people may
progress towards other higher level qualifications. The inclusion of National
Competency Standards from the trades provides a pathway for students who
wish to continue their development with further trade training at an entry
level.
The qualification is designed to maximize the international opportunities for
recognition of the skills inherent in the certificate.
OU
TC
OM
ES
ST
AT
EM
EN
T
Graduate
profile
This qualification will be awarded to individuals who have achieved all the
Learning Outcomes of the National Competency Standards listed below, and
hold a current First Aid Certificate.
NCS Code NCS Title SQF
Level
Credit
Value
ER18003 Describe motor vehicle safe motoring
requirements and general locations of
systems and components.
I 4
ER19001 Disassemble and reassemble a single
cylinder or multi-cylinder four stroke
engine under supervision.
I 2
ER19002 Remove and replace road wheels in the
motor industry.
I 1
MF09015 Demonstrate care and timeliness as an
employee
I 4
MF02005 Apply mathematical processes to
workplace projects
II 3
MF09003 Attend to customer enquiries face-to-face
and on the telephone
I 2
MF09016 Complete a work experience placement I 2
Page 19 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
MF09006 Demonstrate and apply knowledge of a
personal computer system
I 3
AB10082 Use hardware and fastenings for a
construction trades project
I 2
AB10083 Use joints for a construction trades project I 3
AB10084 Demonstrate knowledge of construction
and manufacturing materials used in
construction trades projects
I 4
MF09017 Participate and communicate in a team or
group to complete a routine task
I 2
MF09018 Complete an incident report I 2
ER45010 Draw and explain simple electrical
diagrams
II 4
ER26036 Select, use, and care for, engineering hand
tools
II 4
ER26037 Select, use, and care for simple measuring
devices used in engineering
I 2
ER26019 Demonstrate basic engineering workshop
skills under close supervision
I 12
ER26020 Develop a simple product using
engineering materials
I 10
ER26021 Demonstrate knowledge of safety
procedures in a specific engineering
workshop
I 2
HE22001 Demonstrate knowledge of workplace
health and safety requirements
I 3
AB18003 Identify and describe hand tools and testing
equipment for plumbing
II 2
AB18014 Identify and describe trade equipment and
power tools used for plumbing
II 1
Learning
pathway
Entry is open to anyone that wishes to gain this qualification.
This is a trades foundation skills training level qualification and forms the
basis for further training and study in the trade’s field. On completion of this
qualification graduates may progress onto the other Samoa Trades
Certificates.
Career
pathway
Holders of this qualification may seek entry into further training in a variety
of trade sectors such as:
Carpentry & Joinery;
Fitting and Machining;
Welding & Fabrication;
Motor & Vehicle Mechanics;
Refrigeration & Air-conditioning;
Page 20 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Electrical Engineering; and
Plumbing.
Summary of
industry and
community support
This qualification was developed in response to the ‘Post School Education
and Training: Strategic Plan 2008 - 2016’. It aligns with goals:
1. Enhanced post school education and training;
2. Increased relevance of PSET to national strategies;
3. Increased access to learning for all Samoans; and
4. Assured quality and international recognition for Samoan qualifications,
learning and skills.
Stakeholders in this Trade were consulted and involved at every stage of the
process, which consisted of Needs Analysis (Phase 1), writing of NCS and
packaging into Samoa Qualifications (Phase 2) and Industry Validation
(Phase 3). Consultations during the Needs Analysis and Validation phases
included government organisations, non-government organisations and civil
societies, registered professional associations, PSET providers and the
private sector.
As per normal process, SQA set up a Trades Sector Advisory Group (TSAG)
made up of representatives from Trades sector stakeholders to provide
advice and technical input into the development of the Trades NCS and
Samoa Qualifications (NQs). Representatives were invited from government
organisations, non-government organisations and civil societies, registered
professional associations, PSET providers and the private sector. These
additional NCS and SQ were developed and packaged by the SQA with the
assistance of the international consultant and with the advice of the Trades
Sector Advisory Group.
Endorsement of the Samoa Qualifications was sought from sector
organisations through the Trades Sector Advisory Group and through
individual consultation with stakeholders. This qualification and the National
Competency Standards contained within have received the endorsement of
the Trades Sector Advisory Group, as well as other organisations that chose
to document their endorsement individually.
Entry requirements Entry into this qualification is open to any individual who is interested to
study for trade qualifications. People entering into study for the Samoa
Certificate I Trades Foundation Skills may be secondary school students;
those wishing to return to study; or people that may have left school without
any formal qualifications.
Individuals who believe they have the requisite skills and knowledge for
entry into this qualification should apply for Recognition of Prior
Learning/Current Competency to the relevant provider.
Page 21 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Notwithstanding anything in this section, a provider may recommend a
suitable variation to the entry requirement when submitting their programme
for accreditation.
Moderation
requirements
Providers and assessors of this qualification or parts of this qualification
must comply with the SQA National Moderation System. Details of this
system are available from SQA.
Title Samoa Certificate II Automotive Engineering
SQF Level II Total Credit Value 80
Qualification
purpose statement
This qualification recognises competence in the automotive trade. It includes
competencies required to enter employment in the automotive industry, to
work under the supervision of a qualified automotive tradesperson.
The qualification is designed to maximise the international opportunities for
recognition of the skills inherent in the certificate.
OU
TC
OM
ES
ST
AT
EM
EN
T
Graduate
profile
This qualification will be awarded to individuals who have achieved the
Learning Outcomes of the National Competency Standards listed below, and
hold a current First Aid Certificate.
NCS Code NCS Title SQF
Level
Credit
Value
ER18001 Demonstrate knowledge of safe working
practices in an automotive workshop.
II 2
ER18002 Demonstrate knowledge of hand tools and
workshop equipment for motor industry
applications.
II 2
ER18003 Describe motor vehicle safe motoring
requirements and general locations of
systems and components.
I 4
ER18004 Explain the operation of two and four stroke
petrol and diesel engines.
II 4
ER19001 Disassemble and reassemble a single
cylinder or multi-cylinder four stroke engine
under supervision.
I 2
ER19002 Remove and replace road wheels in the
motor industry.
I 1
ER19003 Perform general servicing checks on a motor
vehicle.
II 3
Page 22 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
ER19005 Identify the general locations and functions
of motor vehicle systems main components.
II 4
ER18005 Demonstrate knowledge and safety of
automotive batteries.
II 2
ER20001 Select test equipment and test an electrical
circuit.
II 4
ER20002 Describe the Starting and Charging and their
operation.
II 4
ER20003 Describe the Ignition System and their
operation.
II 4
ER19006 Demonstrate knowledge of Manual
Transmission.
II 2
ER20004 Demonstrate knowledge of protecting
vehicle electronic in automotive industry.
II 2
ER19007 Demonstrate knowledge of automotive
lubricants and sealants.
II 2
ER20005 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive
Electrical Principles.
II 6
ER19008 Demonstrate knowledge of Vehicle Braking
System.
II 2
ER19011 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle Steering
and Suspension system.
II 2
ER19012 Demonstrate knowledge of automotive
cooling systems.
II 2
ER19013 Service automotive cooling systems. II 3
ER19015 Demonstrate knowledge of basic tuning on a
four stroke petrol engine.
II 3
ER19016 Carry out basic tuning on a four stroke petrol
engine under supervision.
II 4
ER19017 Demonstrate knowledge of petrol Fuel
System.
II 3
ER19018 Demonstrate knowledge and safety of an
oxy-acetylene welding plant in motor
industry.
II 3
Page 23 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
ER19019 Perform minor servicing tasks on a diesel
fuel system.
II 2
ER19020 Demonstrate knowledge of hydraulic brake
fluid, fluid replacement and brake bleeding
procedures.
II 2
HE22001 Demonstrate knowledge of workplace health
and safety requirements
I 3
ER26046 Demonstrate knowledge of safety and
engineering worksites
II 1
ER26047
Apply safe working practices on an
engineering worksite
II 2
Learning
pathway
On successful completion of this qualification graduates may progress to the
Samoa Certificate III Automotive Engineering.
Career
pathway
Individuals with this qualification are able to work in the Automotive
Industry under the direct supervision of a qualified Automotive Tradesperson
(holds the Samoa Certificate IV Automotive Engineering).
Summary of
industry and
community support
This qualification was developed in response to the ‘Post School Education
and Training: Strategic Plan 2008 – 2016’. It aligns with goals:
i. Enhanced post school education and training;
ii. Increased relevance of PSET to national strategies;
iii. Increased access to learning for all Samoans; and
iv. Assured quality and international recognition for Samoan
qualifications, learning and skills.
Stakeholders in this Trade were consulted and involved at every stage of the
process, which consisted of Needs Analysis (Phase 1), writing of NCS and
packaging into Samoa Qualifications (Phase 2) and Industry Validation
(Phase 3). Consultations during the Needs Analysis and Validation phases
included government organisations, non-government organisations and civil
societies, registered professional associations, PSET providers and the
private sector.
As per normal process, SQA set up a Trades Sector Advisory Group (TSAG)
made up of representatives from Trades sector stakeholders to provide
advice and technical input into the development of the Trades NCS and
Samoa Qualifications (NQs). Representatives were invited from government
organisations, non-government organisations and civil societies, registered
professional associations, PSET providers and the private sector. A
Standards Development Panel of 7 individuals were also contracted to write
the NCS for the seven trades’ occupations under the supervision of an
international consultant.
Page 24 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Endorsement of the Samoa Qualifications was sought from sector
organisations through the Trades Sector Advisory Group and through
individual consultation with stakeholders. This qualification and the National
Competency Standards contained within have received the endorsement of
the Trades Sector Advisory Group, as well as other organisations that chose
to document their endorsement individually.
Entry requirements Individuals entering into programmes of training leading to this qualification
should have successfully completed:
the Samoa Certificate I Foundation Trades Skills or
the Samoa School Certificate (SSC).
Individuals who believe they have the requisite skills and knowledge for
entry into this qualification should apply for Recognition of Prior
Learning/Current Competency to the relevant provider.
Moderation
requirements
Providers and assessors of this qualification or parts of this qualification
must comply with the SQA National Moderation System. Details of this
system are available from SQA.
Title Samoa Certificate III Automotive Engineering
SQF Level III Total Credit Value 146
Qualification
purpose statement
This qualification recognises competence to work within the automotive
industry at the level of an assistant to a qualified Automotive Tradesperson.
The qualification is designed to maximise the international opportunities for
recognition of the skills inherent in the certificate.
OU
TC
OM
ES
ST
AT
EM
EN
T
Graduate
profile
This qualification will be awarded to people who have met the requirements
of the learning outcomes of the compulsory NCS list below and hold a
current First Aid Certificate.
NCS Code NCS Title SQF
Level
Credit
Value
ER18001 Demonstrate knowledge of safe working
practices in an automotive workshop.
II 2
ER18002 Demonstrate knowledge of hand tools and
workshop equipment for motor industry
applications.
II 2
ER18003 Describe motor vehicle safe motoring
requirements and general locations of
I 4
Page 25 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
systems and components.
ER18004 Explain the operation of two and four stroke
petrol and diesel engines.
II 4
ER19001 Disassemble and reassemble a single
cylinder or multi-cylinder four stroke
engine under supervision.
I 2
ER19002 Remove and replace road wheels in the
motor industry.
I 1
ER19003 Perform general servicing checks on a
motor vehicle.
II 3
ER19005 Identify the general locations and functions
of motor vehicle systems main components.
II 4
ER18005 Demonstrate knowledge and safety of
automotive batteries.
II 2
ER18006 Service an Automotive battery. III 4
ER20001 Select test equipment and test an electrical
circuit.
II 4
ER20002 Describe the Starting and Charging and
their operation.
II 4
ER20003 Describe the Ignition System and their
operation.
II 4
ER19006 Demonstrate knowledge of Manual
Transmission.
II 2
ER20004 Demonstrate knowledge of protecting
vehicle electronic in automotive industry.
II 2
ER19007 Demonstrate knowledge of automotive
lubricants and sealants.
II 2
ER20005 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive
Electrical Principles.
II 6
ER19008 Demonstrate knowledge of Vehicle Braking
System.
II 2
ER19010 Service bearings and seals in vehicles or
equipment.
III 3
ER19011 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle Steering
and Suspension system.
II 2
Page 26 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
MF03003 Read texts to research information. III 4
ER19012 Demonstrate knowledge of automotive
cooling systems.
II 2
ER19013 Service automotive cooling systems. II 3
ER19014 Demonstrate knowledge of cooling system
operation, and factors that affect system
efficiency on vehicles or machines.
III 4
ER19015 Demonstrate knowledge of basic tuning on
a four stroke petrol engine.
II 3
ER19016 Carry out basic tuning on a four stroke
petrol engine under supervision.
II 4
ER19017 Demonstrate knowledge of petrol Fuel
System.
II 3
ER19018 Demonstrate knowledge and safety of an
oxy-acetylene welding plant in motor
industry.
II 3
ER19019 Perform minor servicing tasks on a diesel
fuel system.
II 2
ER19020 Demonstrate knowledge of hydraulic brake
fluid, fluid replacement and brake bleeding
procedures.
II 2
ER19021 Remove and replace light vehicle brake
pads and shoes.
III 2
ER19022 Demonstrate knowledge of fuel emissions,
and vehicle emission controls.
III 4
ER20007 Protect electronics when servicing or
repairing a vehicle or machine in the motor
industry.
III 2
ER19023 Check and adjust vehicle front and rear
wheel alignment.
III 4
ER19024 Dismantle, inspect, and overhaul vehicle
manual steering boxes and rack assemblies.
III 2
ER19025 Diagnose suspension and manual steering
faults on light vehicles.
III 2
ER18007 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle restraint III 5
Page 27 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
systems.
ER20008 Demonstrate knowledge of automotive
lighting systems, and headlamp adjustment.
III 2
ER20009 Rectify simple vehicle lighting faults, and
adjust vehicle lamps.
III 3
ER19029 Rectify driveline faults on light vehicles and
overhaul and constant velocity joints.
III 3
ER19030 Demonstrate knowledge of light vehicle
automatic transmissions and their servicing
requirements.
III 3
ER19031 Carry out routine maintenance on
automotive automatic transmissions.
III 4
ER19032 Remove and replace a light vehicle engine
cam belt.
III 3
ER20010 Carry out automotive wiring, repairs and
replace a wiring circuit.
III 2
ER19034 Diagnose and rectify faults in an engine
flywheel ignition system.
III 3
ER19046 Remove and install an engine assembly
from and to a light vehicle
III 2
ER19047 Test and rectify starting aid system faults on
a diesel engine
III 2
ER20018 Identify a wiring diagram and translate
information to a circuit in the motor and
related industries
III 3
HE22001 Demonstrate knowledge of workplace
health and safety requirements
I 3
ER26046 Demonstrate knowledge of safety and
engineering worksites
II 1
ER26047 Apply safe working practices on an
engineering worksite
II 2
Learning
pathway
This qualification includes all the NCSs in the Samoa Certificate II
Automotive Engineering. Individuals may proceed to complete the
remaining NCS for award of the Samoa Certificate III Automotive
Engineering after the Level II qualification.
Page 28 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
On successful completion of this qualification, graduates may progress to the
Samoa Certificate IV Automotive Engineering.
Career
pathway
Individuals with this qualification are able to work as an assistant to a
qualified Automotive Tradesperson within the Automotive Industry.
Summary of
industry and
community support
This qualification is benchmarked against interSamoa Qualifications in other
Pacific countries including Australia and New Zealand.
This qualification was developed in response to the ‘Post School Education
and Training: Strategic Plan 2008 – 2016’. It aligns with goals:
i. Enhanced post school education and training;
ii. Increased relevance of PSET to national strategies;
iii. Increased access to learning for all Samoans; and
iv. Assured quality and international recognition for Samoan
qualifications, learning and skills.
Stakeholders in this Trade were consulted and involved at every stage of the
process, which consisted of Needs Analysis (Phase 1), writing of NCS and
packaging into Samoa Qualifications (Phase 2) and Industry Validation
(Phase 3). Consultations during the Needs Analysis and Validation phases
included government organisations, non-government organisations and civil
societies, registered professional associations, PSET providers and the
private sector.
As per normal process, SQA set up a Trades Sector Advisory Group (TSAG)
made up of representatives from Trades sector stakeholders to provide
advice and technical input into the development of the Trades NCS and
Samoa Qualifications (NQs). Representatives were invited from government
organisations, non-government organisations and civil societies, registered
professional associations, PSET providers and the private sector. A
Standards Development Panel of 7 individuals were also contracted to write
the NCS for the seven trades’ occupations under the supervision of an
international consultant.
Endorsement of the Samoa Qualifications was sought from sector
organisations through the Trades Sector Advisory Group and through
individual consultation with stakeholders. This qualification and the National
Competency Standards contained within have received the endorsement of
the Trades Sector Advisory Group, as well as other organisations that chose
to document their endorsement individually.
Entry requirements Individuals entering into programmes of training leading to this qualification
should have successfully completed:
the Samoa Certificate II Automotive Engineering or
the Pacific Senior Secondary Certificate (PSSC)/SSSC.
Page 29 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Individuals who believe they have the requisite skills and knowledge for
entry into this qualification should apply for Recognition of Prior
Learning/Current Competency to the relevant provider.
Moderation
requirements
Providers and assessors of this qualification or parts of this qualification
must comply with the SQA National Moderation System. Details of this
system are available from SQA.
Title Samoa Certificate IV Automotive Engineering
SQF Level IV Total Credit Value 139
Qualification
purpose statement
This qualification recognises full competence to work within the Automotive
Industry as a qualified Automotive Tradesperson.
The qualification is designed to maximise the international opportunities for
recognition of the skills inherent in the certificate.
OU
TC
OM
ES
ST
AT
EM
EN
T
Graduate
profile
This qualification will be awarded to individuals who have achieved the
Learning Outcomes of the National Competency Standards listed below, and
hold a current First Aid Certificate.
NCS Code NCS Title SQF
Level
Credit
Value
ER19004 Diagnose and rectify faults in light
commercial vehicles Anti-Lock Brake
System.
V 4
ER19009 Diagnose and rectify brake system faults on
light vehicles.
IV 4
ER20006 Install electronic circuitry to suit specific
applications and components.
V 5
ER19026 Demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing and
rectifying vehicle power-assisted steering
system faults.
IV 2
ER19027 Test, diagnose, and rectify vehicle hydraulic
power-assisted steering system faults.
IV 2
ER19028 Overhaul a power steering pump. IV 2
ER20011 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle body
electronic control security systems, and
testing and rectifying faults.
IV 3
Page 30 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
ER18008 Demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing faults
in engine management systems.
IV 1
ER18009 Inspect, diagnose, and rectify faults in engine
management systems.
IV 6
ER20012 Test for and rectify automotive wiper system
faults.
IV 2
ER18010 Demonstrate knowledge of automotive
instruments and gauges, and testing and
rectifying system faults.
IV 2
ER20011 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle body
electronic control safety systems, and testing
and rectifying faults.
IV 3
ER20014 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle power
train electronic control systems, and testing
and rectifying faults.
IV 3
ER20015 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle ABS,
TCS, and ESC electronic control systems,
and testing and rectifying faults.
V 3
ER20016 Demonstrate knowledge of electronic diesel
management.
IV 4
ER19033 Diagnose and rectify vehicle emission
control system faults.
IV 3
ER19035 Diagnose and rectify faults in a common rail
diesel fuel system.
IV 3
ER19036 Tune and test a four stroke diesel engine. IV 6
ER19037 Dismantle and inspect, overhaul and
reassemble an automatic transmission or
transaxle assembly from a light vehicle.
IV 8
ER19038 Prepare and overhaul a final drive assembly
from a light vehicle.
IV 6
ER19039 Overhaul a manual transmission on light
vehicles.
IV 4
ER19040 Remove and replace motor vehicle
supplementary restraint systems.
IV 6
ER19041 Diagnose four-wheel drive (4WD) or all-
wheel drive (AWD) system faults on light
IV 2
Page 31 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
vehicles.
ER19042 Diagnose and rectify faults in vehicle or
machine engine cooling systems.
IV 5
ER18011 Demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing
vehicle or machine cooling system faults and
their causes.
IV 3
ER20017 Test for and rectify faults in vehicle
mechanical and body electronic control
systems.
IV 10
ER19043 Rectify four-wheel drive (4WD) or all-wheel
drive (AWD) system faults on light vehicles.
IV 2
ER19044 Diagnose and rectify faults in a carburetted
petrol fuel system.
IV 4
ER18012 Demonstrate knowledge of preparing to test,
and testing for faults in an automotive air
conditioning system.
IV 4
ER19045 Service and rectify faults in an automotive
air conditioning system.
IV 7
ER18013 Demonstrate knowledge of testing and
rectifying diesel engine shutdown system
faults.
IV 2
ER93001 Cost a job for the supply of a product, repair,
or service in the motor and related industries.
IV 3
ER18014 Demonstrate knowledge of automotive
electronic ignition system operation.
IV 6
ER19048 Prepare to test, test and diagnose faults in an
automotive air conditioning system.
IV 6
ER19049 Diagnose and rectify diesel engine shutdown
system faults.
IV 3
Learning
pathway
Individuals with this qualification may progress to further training in the
industry.
Career
pathway
Individuals with this qualification are considered qualified Automotive
Tradespersons. They are able to set up as commercial Automotive
Tradespersons and operate autonomously without supervision, and may be
responsible for training others for the Automotive Industry.
Page 32 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Summary of
industry and
community support
This qualification was developed in response to the ‘Post School Education
and Training: Strategic Plan 2008 – 2016’. It aligns with goals:
i. Enhanced post school education and training;
ii. Increased relevance of PSET to national strategies;
iii. Increased access to learning for all Samoans; and
iv. Assured quality and international recognition for Samoan
qualifications, learning and skills.
Stakeholders in this Trade were consulted and involved at every stage of the
process, which consisted of Needs Analysis (Phase 1), writing of NCS and
packaging into Samoa Qualifications (Phase 2) and Industry Validation
(Phase 3). Consultations during the Needs Analysis and Validation phases
included government organisations, non-government organisations and civil
societies, registered professional associations, PSET providers and the
private sector.
As per normal process, SQA set up a Trades Sector Advisory Group (TSAG)
made up of representatives from Trades sector stakeholders to provide
advice and technical input into the development of the Trades NCS and
Samoa Qualifications (NQs). Representatives were invited from government
organisations, non-government organisations and civil societies, registered
professional associations, PSET providers and the private sector. A
Standards Development Panel of 7 individuals were also contracted to write
the NCS for the seven trades’ occupations under the supervision of an
international consultant.
Endorsement of the Samoa Qualifications was sought from sector
organisations through the Trades Sector Advisory Group and through
individual consultation with stakeholders. This qualification and the National
Competency Standards contained within have received the endorsement of
the Trades Sector Advisory Group, as well as other organisations that chose
to document their endorsement individually.
Entry requirements Individuals entering into programmes of training that lead to this
qualification should have successfully completed the Samoa Certificate III
Automotive Engineering.
Individuals who believe they have the requisite skills and knowledge for
entry into this qualification should apply for Recognition of Prior
Learning/Current Competency to the relevant provider.
Moderation
requirements
Providers and assessors of this qualification or parts of this qualification
must comply with the SQA National Moderation System. Details of this
system are available from SQA.
Page 33 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NATIONAL COMPETENCY STANDARDS
NCS Code and Title MF02005 Apply mathematical processes to workplace projects
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
People credited with this NCS are able to establish outcome requirements
and select mathematical methods for solving problems, and use
mathematical skills to solve problems for workplace projects.
Classification Field - Mixed Field
Subfield - Literacy and Numeracy Skills
Learning Outcome 1 Establish outcome requirements and select mathematical methods for solving
problems for workplace projects.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Outcome requirements of the situations are identified.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Methods chosen are in accordance with the situation and the problem.
Range Statement: A combination of two of the following - numerical
calculation, measurement, geometry, trigonometry.
Learning Outcome 2 Use mathematical skills to solve problems for workplace projects.
Range Statement: Trigonometry and at least one of the following -
numerical calculation, measurement, geometry.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Chosen methods are applied in the context of the situations provided.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Mathematical skills are used in conjunction to solve problems.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Solutions are accurate, and consistent with the outcome requirements of the
problems.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Information and results are accurately presented.
Range Statement: Includes - cutting lists, job sheets, diagrams
Explanatory Notes 1 Evidence for achieving credit in this NCS must be related to four
different practical workplace projects, preferably from practical NCSs in
the trades skills or related sectors at Level 2.
2 Assessment against this NCS may occur in a wide range of
environments, including workplaces, school workshops, work experience
workplaces or other training establishments.
3 Numerical calculations may include: addition, subtraction, multiplication,
division, converting fractions to decimals and percentages, and vice
versa, square, square root, using formulae to calculate area and volume.
4 Calculators and computers may be used in achievement of credit for this
NCS.
Suggested
Assessment
Methods
Assessment methods must assess theoretical and practical knowledge and
skills. To assess competence, assessment methods could be chosen from the
following range of methods:
Written examinations to assess theoretical knowledge
Oral examinations to assess theoretical and practical knowledge
Practical sessions and examinations to demonstrate knowledge of tools
Page 34 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
and equipment and how/when to use them
Role plays to demonstrate practical skills application
Projects to demonstrate breadth of knowledge
Case studies and problem-solving exercises
Assessment in a real or simulated work environment
Assessment should be carried out in situations as close as possible to real life
situations.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 4th
December 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title MF09003 Attend to customer enquiries face-to-face and on the
telephone
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for those people working, or intending to work, in industries
where customer contact skills are required.
People credited with this NCS are able to explain why personal hygiene and
personal care requirements are important factors in the workplace; attend to
customer enquiries face-to-face; and attend to customer enquiries over the
telephone.
Classification Field - Mixed Field
Subfield - Work Practices Programmes
Learning Outcome 1 Explain why personal hygiene and personal care requirements are important
factors in a workplace.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Reasons why personal hygiene and personal care requirements are important
factors in the workplace are explained in terms of health and safety,
customer satisfaction, workplace image, personal image.
Range Statement: Personal hygiene and personal care requirements include
but are not limited to - hair, hands and nails, feet, body, face, teeth, clothing;
may include - accessories including body jewellery, uniform requirements,
dress guidelines.
Learning Outcome 2 Attend to customer enquiries face-to-face.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Customer is greeted in accordance with workplace requirements.
Range Statement: Greeting may include but is not limited to - smile, polite
language, appropriate welcoming phrase, appropriate non-verbal
communication.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Purpose of enquiry and customer needs is ascertained in accordance with
workplace requirements.
Range Statement: Needs may include but are not limited to - notification of
arrival to specific person/s, directions, collection of material, delivery of
material.
Performance Customer enquiries are responded to in accordance with workplace
Page 35 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 2.3 requirements.
Range Statement: Action taken, farewell statement.
Learning Outcome 3 Attend to customer enquiries over the telephone.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Call is answered and telephone communication skills are demonstrated in
accordance with workplace requirements.
Range Statement: Must include but is not limited to - timeliness, courtesy,
clarity, personal identification, active listening, giving accurate information.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Personal details of caller are recorded in accordance with workplace
requirements.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Details of enquiries are noted and checked for accuracy with caller.
Performance
Standard 3.4
Customer enquiries are responded to in accordance with workplace
requirements.
Range Statement: Action taken, farewell statement.
Performance
Standard 3.5
Instances where enquiries should be referred to experienced staff are
identified and acted upon in accordance with workplace requirements.
Explanatory Notes 1 This NCS can be assessed against in a real or simulated workplace.
2 Definitions
Attend to may include dealing to the situation oneself or referring to
another person.
Customer refers to both internal and external customers and refers to
the recipient of goods and/or services.
Customer enquiries refer to requests for help, requests for information,
requests for orders.
Workplace refers to any workplace, worksite and/or training or
educational establishment.
Workplace requirements are documented policies and procedures or
established protocols for workplace performance.
3 Legislation relevant to this NCS is the Occupational Safety and Health
(OSH) Act 2002.
Suggested
Assessment
Methods
Assessment methods must assess theoretical and practical knowledge and
skills. To assess competence, assessment methods could be chosen from the
following range of methods:
Written examinations to assess theoretical knowledge
Oral examinations to assess theoretical and practical knowledge
Practical sessions and examinations to demonstrate knowledge of tools
and equipment and how/when to use them
Role plays to demonstrate practical skills application
Projects to demonstrate breadth of knowledge
Case studies and problem-solving exercises
Assessment in a real or simulated work environment
Assessment should be carried out in situations as close as possible to real life
situations.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Page 36 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Registration date 4th
December 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title MF09006 Demonstrate and apply knowledge of a personal computer
system
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of the
hardware components of a personal computer system; demonstrate
knowledge of the operation of the system and application software of a
personal computer; operate a printer; complete basic operation and
maintenance procedures for a personal computer system; and demonstrate
knowledge of ergonomic requirements for the safe operation of a personal
computer system.
Classification Field - Mixed Field
Subfield – Work Practices Programmes
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of the hardware components of a personal computer
system.
Range Statement: Hardware components may include but are not limited to
- central processing unit, motherboard, keyboard, mouse, display monitor,
disk drive, Random Access Memory (RAM), Read Only Memory (ROM),
printer, digital camera, scanner, modem, WiFi, connection to a network or
the Internet. Evidence of six hardware components is required but must
include RAM and ROM.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Hardware components are identified in terms of device type and functions.
Range Statement: Device types include but are not limited to - input,
storage, output, processing.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The interaction of components is identified in terms of the flow of data
between them.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of the operation of the system and application
software of a personal computer.
Performance
Standard 2.1
System software is identified and described in terms of its purpose and
operation.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Application software is identified and its purpose stated in terms of outputs.
Range Statement: Common software applications may include but are not
limited to - word processing, spreadsheet, database, desktop publishing,
graphics, communication, multimedia, web browser. Evidence of four
applications is required.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The interaction between system software and application software is
described.
Learning Outcome 3 Operate a printer.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Data from a personal computer is displayed on printed output media.
Range Statement: Data from a minimum of four different applications is
printed.
Page 37 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 3.2
Simple printer hardware faults and printer related error messages are
identified and remedied.
Range Statement: Remedies must be demonstrated or explained for a
minimum of two faults.
Learning Outcome 4 Complete basic operation and maintenance procedures for a personal
computer system.
Performance
Standard 4.1
The basic components of a personal computer system are connected to
enable it to be operated safely.
Range Statement: Components may include but are not limited to - system
unit, keyboard, monitor, mouse or other pointing device, power leads, digital
camera, scanner, portable external storage, modem, connection to a network
or the Internet. Evidence of five examples is required.
Performance
Standard 4.2
A personal computer system is powered up according to organisational
requirements and confirmed as working.
Performance
Standard 4.3
Simple hardware faults are identified and corrected or reported according to
organisational requirements.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to - faulty components,
loose or disconnected plugs. A minimum of three faults are identified,
corrected or reported.
Performance
Standard 4.4
A personal computer system is cared for and maintained according to
organisational requirements.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to - cleaning, replenishing
consumables, use of system protection and/or maintenance utility software.
Evidence of maintenance of one of each of hardware and software is
required.
Learning Outcome 5 Demonstrate knowledge of ergonomic principles for the safe operation of a
personal computer system.
Range Statement: According to an approved code of practice.
Performance
Standard 5.1
Ergonomic principles are explained in terms of user physical well-being.
Range Statement: Three of - desk dimensions, posture in chair and seating
height; feet placement; position of monitor, keyboard, and mouse relative to
user; rest periods and exercises.
Performance
Standard 5.2
Ergonomic requirements are explained in terms of environment.
Range Statement: Any two of - space, housekeeping, atmospheric
conditions, noise, lighting, décor, printer location.
Explanatory Notes 1 Demonstration of knowledge can be oral, written, practical, or a
combination, as appropriate to the assessment situation. For learning
outcomes 3 and 4, practical demonstration is expected. However, in
relation to evidence for performance standard 4.1, candidates may
demonstrate that they know how to connect the components if workplace
policy precludes a practical demonstration.
2 Definitions
Page 38 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Application software refers to software operated by end-users rather
than the computer system itself, e.g. word-processing.
Organisational requirements mean the documented policies and
procedures or commonly accepted practices of a workplace, school or
training provider. Candidates must be provided with these prior to
assessment against this NCS.
System software refers to software employed by the computer system
rather than end-users, e.g. operating systems.
3 Legislation relevant to this NCS is the Occupational Safety and Health
(OSH) Act 2002.
Suggested
Assessment
Methods
Assessment methods must assess theoretical and practical knowledge and
skills. To assess competence, assessment methods could be chosen from the
following range of methods:
Written examinations to assess theoretical knowledge
Oral examinations to assess theoretical and practical knowledge
Practical sessions and examinations to demonstrate knowledge of tools
and equipment and how/when to use them
Role plays to demonstrate practical skills application
Projects to demonstrate breadth of knowledge
Case studies and problem-solving exercises
Assessment in a real or simulated work environment
Assessment should be carried out in situations as close as possible to real life
situations.
Responsible SAG Trade Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 4th
December 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title MF09015 Demonstrate care and timeliness as an employee
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
People credited with this NCS are able to describe and demonstrate care and
timeliness as an employee.
Classification Field - Mixed Field
Subfield - Work Practices Programmes
Learning Outcome 1 Describe care and timeliness as an employee.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Personal presentation requirements are described in terms of suitability for
the work performed and meeting organisational standards including those for
safety.
Range Statement: Requirements include - clothing, footwear, grooming,
and personal hygiene.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Appropriate use of language in relating to supervisors, co-workers, and any
customers and/or visitors is described in accordance with workplace
requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Personal behaviour that can lead to disciplinary action, including dismissal,
is described in accordance with workplace requirements.
Page 39 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Range Statement: Behaviour includes - theft, assault, fighting, intoxication,
damage to property, harassment.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Minimum personal obligations under the HSE are described in terms of
health and safety in the workplace.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Responsibilities as an employee are described in terms of timeliness in the
workplace.
Range Statement: Working day, breaks, meetings, appointments, absences,
deadlines.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate care and timeliness as an employee.
Range Statement: For 20 working days.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Care and timeliness as an employee are demonstrated in the workplace in
accordance with workplace requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Equipment and materials are treated with due care and attention in
accordance with workplace requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Use of language in relating to supervisors, co-workers, and any customers
and/or visitors is in accordance with workplace requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Tasks are completed in accordance with workplace requirements.
Explanatory Notes 1 Definitions
Tasks include work performed for an employer or work performed as a
student or trainee in a work placement environment. This environment
may be within an educational organisation, providing the workplace
environment is realistically simulated; and all aspects and requirements
of this NCS are met.
Workplace requirements refer to documented policies and procedures
or established protocols for workplace performance.
2 This NCS is intended for employees who are familiar with workplace
requirements and have sufficient experience in the workplace to
commence a 20 day work programme.
3 20 working days must allow for, but not count, valid absences, so that a
total of 20 days is worked excluding any valid absence. In the case of a
non-valid absence, the period of 20 days restarts.
4 Competency for this NCS requires consistent performance of care and
timeliness throughout the assessment period and employer attestation of
competence in the workplace.
5 Legislation relevant to this NCS is the Occupational Safety and Health
(OSH) Act 2002.
Suggested
Assessment
Methods
Assessment methods must assess theoretical and practical knowledge and
skills. To assess competence, assessment methods could be chosen from the
following range of methods:
Written examinations to assess theoretical knowledge
Oral examinations to assess theoretical and practical knowledge
Practical sessions and examinations to demonstrate knowledge of tools
Page 40 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
and equipment and how/when to use them
Role plays to demonstrate practical skills application
Projects to demonstrate breadth of knowledge
Case studies and problem-solving exercises
Assessment in a real or simulated work environment
Assessment should be carried out in situations as close as possible to real life
situations.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 4th
December 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title MF09016 Complete a work experience placement
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
People credited with this NCS are able to prepare for a work experience
placement; carry out the placement; and reflect on the results of the
placement.
Classification Field - Mixed Field
Subfield - Work Practices Programmes
Learning Outcome 1 Prepare for a work experience placement.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Learning goals are set that relate to gaining knowledge of work preferences,
the types of work, workplace requirements, and the purpose of the
organisation.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Tasks are identified that achieve the set learning goals.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Organisational expectations are described in terms of basic health and safety
requirements, timeliness, personal presentation and care in accordance with
statutory and workplace requirements.
Learning Outcome 2 Carry out the placement.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Identified tasks are carried out based on an agreement with the supervisor.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Any opportunities for gaining work-related knowledge beyond the set
learning goals are responded to and are recorded.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Organisational expectations are met in terms of health and safety
requirements, timeliness, and personal presentation and care in accordance
with statutory and workplace requirements.
Learning Outcome 3 Reflect on the results of the placement.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Reflection identifies own work preferences and prospects in terms of the
work experience placement.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Reflection identifies additional benefits of the work experience placement in
terms of own learning.
Range Statement: May include but are not limited to - self-knowledge,
skills gained, knowledge of role of unions, knowledge of work demands,
employment contacts, education and/or training information. Evidence of
three is required.
Explanatory Notes 1 Examples of processes that may be used to assess this NCS are:
Page 41 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
observation, discussion, hands-on experience, worksite supervisor
feedback.
2 During assessment against this NCS, statutory and workplace
requirements must be met, including the requirements of the
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) Act 2002.
3 The work experience placement must be one which provides the
opportunity for gaining new knowledge, and reflection, in terms of the
evidence requirements.
4 Definition
Workplace requirements are documented policies and procedures or
established protocols for workplace performance.
5 Legislation relevant to this NCS is the Occupational Safety and Health
(OSH) Act 2002.
Suggested
Assessment
Methods
Assessment methods must assess theoretical and practical knowledge and
skills. To assess competence, assessment methods could be chosen from the
following range of methods:
Written examinations to assess theoretical knowledge
Oral examinations to assess theoretical and practical knowledge
Practical sessions and examinations to demonstrate knowledge of tools
and equipment and how/when to use them
Role plays to demonstrate practical skills application
Projects to demonstrate breadth of knowledge
Case studies and problem-solving exercises
Assessment in a real or simulated work environment
Assessment should be carried out in situations as close as possible to real life
situations.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 4th
December 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title MF09017 Participate and communicate in a team or group to complete a
routine task
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
People credited with this NCS are able to identify team or group roles and
responsibilities in relation to a routine task, and participate and communicate
within a team or group to complete a routine task.
Classification Field - Mixed Field
Subfield - Work Practices Programmes
Learning Outcome 1 Identify team or group roles and responsibilities in relation to a routine task.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The task is defined.
Performance Team or group roles are identified in terms of structure, purpose, and
Page 42 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 1.2 accountabilities.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Individual responsibilities and accountabilities are identified and agreed to
within the team or group context.
Learning Outcome 2 Participate and communicate in a team or group to complete a routine task.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Own agreed responsibilities and accountabilities are met in terms of
participation and communication.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Ideas, information, and/or opinions relevant to the task are contributed, with
respect being shown for the contributions of others.
Explanatory Notes 1 Definitions
Routine task means a task for which there is a single acceptable
solution or outcome which is easily verified. The task is achieved
using a standard path and is familiar to every member of the team or
group. The task requirements are constant, and involve few operations
or areas of knowledge and no complexity of skill.
Team or group means more than two people.
2 In any team or group activity each candidate must have a significant role
to be able to provide sufficient evidence for the assessment of individual
performance.
Suggested
Assessment
Methods
Assessment methods must assess theoretical and practical knowledge and
skills. To assess competence, assessment methods could be chosen from the
following range of methods:
Written examinations to assess theoretical knowledge
Oral examinations to assess theoretical and practical knowledge
Practical sessions and examinations to demonstrate knowledge of tools
and equipment and how/when to use them
Role plays to demonstrate practical skills application
Projects to demonstrate breadth of knowledge
Case studies and problem-solving exercises
Assessment in a real or simulated work environment
Assessment should be carried out in situations as close as possible to real life
situations.
Responsible SAG Trade Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 4th
December 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title MF09018 Complete an incident report
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
People credited with this NCS are able to complete an incident report.
Classification Field - Mixed Field
Subfield - Work Practices Programmes
Learning Outcome 1 Complete an incident report.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Information in the report is factual, relevant, accurate, and complete.
Performance Events are reported chronologically.
Page 43 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 1.2
Performance
Standard 1.3
The report is expressed in a relevant format.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Vocabulary, including any technical language used, is precise, clear, and
contributes to a relevant tone for the report.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Punctuation, spelling, and grammar errors do not appreciably affect the
intention of the report.
Explanatory Notes 1 The candidate’s writing competence should be assessed after they have
been given the opportunity to edit and proof read their work.
2 In this NCS, relevant means fitness for purpose, in terms of:
the purpose of the report
the context, situation, occasion
the subject matter
the intended reader(s)
all organisational requirements, which must be or closely resemble the
actual requirements of an actual workplace.
3 An incident report could be about an accident, a machine breakdown, a
spillage, a quality problem, or a staff shortage.
4 Candidates may complete a pre-printed incident report form to fulfil the
requirements of this NCS.
5 Legislation relevant to this NCS is the Occupational Safety and Health
(OSH) Act 2002.
Suggested
Assessment
Methods
Assessment methods must assess theoretical and practical knowledge and
skills. To assess competence, assessment methods could be chosen from the
following range of methods:
Written examinations to assess theoretical knowledge
Oral examinations to assess theoretical and practical knowledge
Practical sessions and examinations to demonstrate knowledge of tools
and equipment and how/when to use them
Role plays to demonstrate practical skills application
Projects to demonstrate breadth of knowledge
Case studies and problem-solving exercises
Assessment in a real or simulated work environment
This NCS can be assessed against in an actual workplace or other context
using naturally occurring evidence, or in a classroom context.
Responsible SAG Trade Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 4th
December 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title AB10082 Use hardware and fastenings for a construction trades project
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose This NCS has been designed to be achieved in a building, construction and
Page 44 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Statement allied trades skills programme.
People credited with this NCS are able to establish hardware and fastening
requirements and select hardware and fastenings; use hardware and
fastenings; and complete work operations on a construction trades project.
Classification Field - Architecture & Building
Subfield - Carpentry & Joinery
Learning Outcome 1 Identify and describe types of hardware and fastenings and select hardware
and fastenings for a construction trades project.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Types of hardware and fastenings are identified and described in terms of
purpose and use.
Range Statement: Nails, screws, bolts, common hinges, handles, locks,
latches, timber connectors, adhesives, wheels/castors.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Job specifications are obtained, and verified with the supervisor, in
accordance with workplace practice.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Hardware and fastenings are selected in accordance with job specifications.
Learning Outcome 2 Use hardware and fastenings for a construction trades project.
Range Statement: Any three of - nails, screws, bolts, common hinges,
handles, locks, latches, timber connectors, adhesives, wheels/castors.
Performance
Standard 2.1
The selected hardware and fastenings are used in accordance with job
specifications, manufacturer’s instructions, and workplace practice.
Learning Outcome 3 Complete work operations for a construction trades project.
Performance
Standard 3.1
All operations are safely completed in accordance with workplace practice.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Work place, tools, plant and equipment are cleaned, and tools, plant and
equipment are stored in accordance with workplace practice.
Explanatory Notes 1 Definitions
Job specifications refer to documented instructions (oral, written,
graphic) and may include the following: specifications from a
supervisor, or project specific drawings or requirements.
Workplace practice refers to the documented procedures specific to
environments such as workplaces, school workshops, work experience
workplaces, or other training establishments, which set out the standard
and required practices of that environment.
2 Assessment against this NCS may occur in a wide range of environments,
including workplaces, school workshops, work experience workplaces, or
other training establishments.
3 Candidates are required to complete a specified project as evidence for
assessment against this NCS. Examples of suitable projects include:
coffee tables, trinket boxes, dog kennels, rabbit hutches, tool boxes,
bedside cabinets, go karts, or projects of similar complexity.
4 Legislation relevant to this NCS is the Occupational Safety and Health
(OSH) Act 2002.
Suggested Assessment methods must assess theoretical and practical knowledge and
Page 45 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Assessment
Methods
skills. To assess competence, assessment methods could be chosen from the
following range of methods:
Written examinations to assess theoretical knowledge
Oral examinations to assess theoretical and practical knowledge
Practical sessions and examinations to demonstrate knowledge of tools
and equipment and how/when to use them
Role plays to demonstrate practical skills application
Projects to demonstrate breadth of knowledge
Case studies and problem-solving exercises
Assessment in a real or simulated work environment
Assessment should be carried out in situations as close as possible to real life
situations.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 4th
December 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title AB10083 Use joints for a construction trades project
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS has been designed to be achieved in a building, construction and
allied trades skills programme.
People credited with this NCS are able to identify and describe types of
joints and select jointing methods; use joints; and complete work operations
for a construction trades project.
Classification Field - Architecture & Building
Subfield - Carpentry & Joinery
Learning Outcome 1 Identify and describe types of joints and select jointing methods for a
construction trades project.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Types of joints are identified and described in terms of purpose and method
of construction.
Range Statement: Mitre, dovetail, housing, mortise and tenon, rebated,
halving, dowelled, biscuit, welded, soldered, riveted.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Job specifications are obtained, and verified with the supervisor, in
accordance with workplace practice.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Jointing requirements are identified from job specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Jointing methods are selected in accordance with job specifications.
Learning Outcome 2 Use joints for a construction trades project.
Range Statement: Any two of - mitre, dovetail, housing, mortise and tenon,
rebated, halving, dowelled, biscuit, welded, soldered, riveted.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Joints are set out and cut in accordance with job specifications and
workplace practice.
Performance Joints are assembled and fixed in accordance with job specifications and
Page 46 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 2.2 workplace practice.
Learning Outcome 3 Complete work operations for a construction trades project.
Performance
Standard 3.1
All operations are safely completed in accordance with workplace practice.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Work place, tools, plant and equipment are cleaned, and tools, plant and
equipment are stored in accordance with workplace practice.
Explanatory Notes 1 Definitions
Job specifications refer to documented instructions (oral, written,
graphic) and may include the following: specifications from a
supervisor, or project specific drawings or requirements.
Workplace practice refers to the documented procedures specific to
environments such as workplaces, school workshops, work experience
workplaces, or other training establishments, which set out the standard
and required practices of that environment.
2 Assessment against this NCS may occur in a wide range of environments,
including workplaces, school workshops, work experience workplaces, or
other training establishments.
3 Candidates are required to complete a specified project as evidence for
assessment against this NCS. Examples of suitable projects include:
coffee tables, trinket boxes, dog kennels, rabbit hutches, tool boxes,
bedside cabinets, go karts, or projects of similar complexity.
4 Legislation relevant to this NCS is the Occupational Safety and Health
(OSH) Act 2002.
Suggested
Assessment
Methods
Assessment methods must assess theoretical and practical knowledge and
skills. To assess competence, assessment methods could be chosen from the
following range of methods:
Written examinations to assess theoretical knowledge
Oral examinations to assess theoretical and practical knowledge
Practical sessions and examinations to demonstrate knowledge of tools
and equipment and how/when to use them
Role plays to demonstrate practical skills application
Projects to demonstrate breadth of knowledge
Case studies and problem-solving exercises
Assessment in a real or simulated work environment
Assessment should be carried out in situations as close as possible to real life
situations.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 4th
December 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title AB10084 Demonstrate knowledge of construction and manufacturing
materials used in construction trades projects
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 4
Page 47 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS has been designed to be achieved in a building, construction and
allied trades skills programme.
People credited with this NCS are able to establish job requirements and
select construction and manufacturing materials for a construction trades
project, and describe the properties of selected materials and evaluate their
suitability to meet project requirements.
Classification Field - Architecture & Building
Subfield - Carpentry & Joinery
Learning Outcome 1 Establish job requirements and select construction and manufacturing
materials for a construction trades project.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Job requirements for the project are identified from job specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Materials are selected in accordance with the project requirements.
Learning Outcome 2 Describe the properties of selected materials and evaluate their suitability to
meet project requirements.
Range Statement: Any four materials, one of which must be a timber.
Performance
Standard 2.1
The properties of selected materials are described.
Range Statement: Appearance, working qualities, strength, and structural
stability.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The purpose of selected materials is described in accordance with project
requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Factors influencing the selection of materials are described.
Range Statement: Any three of - design, aesthetics, ergonomics, cost,
availability, jointing methods, durability, health and safety requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The properties and qualities are compared and evaluated between the
selected, and alternative, materials.
Performance
Standard 2.5
Reasons for choosing the selected materials are described.
Explanatory Notes 1 Definition
Specifications refer to documented instructions (oral, written, graphic)
and may include the following: specifications from a supervisor or
project specific drawings or requirements.
2 Assessment against this NCS may occur in a wide range of environments,
including workplaces, school workshops, work experience workplaces, or
other training establishments.
3 Evidence must be provided for four materials and their applications.
Materials must include timber, and may include manufactured board,
metal, plastic, glass, concrete, mechanical fasteners, adhesives, finishing
materials, upholstery (fabric or leather).
4 Legislation relevant to this NCS is the Occupational Safety and Health
(OSH) Act 2002.
Suggested Assessment methods must assess theoretical and practical knowledge and
Page 48 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Assessment
Methods
skills. To assess competence, assessment methods could be chosen from the
following range of methods:
Written examinations to assess theoretical knowledge
Oral examinations to assess theoretical and practical knowledge
Practical sessions and examinations to demonstrate knowledge of tools
and equipment and how/when to use them
Role plays to demonstrate practical skills application
Projects to demonstrate breadth of knowledge
Case studies and problem-solving exercises
Assessment in a real or simulated work environment
Assessment should be carried out in situations as close as possible to real life
situations.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 4th
December 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER45010 Draw and explain simple electrical diagrams
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS covers drawing practice for electricians and related trades.
People credited with this NCS are able to draw and explain simple electrical
circuit diagrams; draw electrical location diagrams; draw single-line
diagrams for electricity distribution; and draw a schematic circuit, block, and
wiring diagrams from inspection of a given electrical product.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield - Electrical Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Draw and explain simple electrical circuit diagrams.
Range Statement: Circuit diagrams - series, parallel, and series-parallel
connections; using switches, outlets, lamps, ammeters, voltmeters, fuses,
resistors, batteries, single-phase supply.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Circuitry is electrically functional
Performance
Standard 1.2
Standard symbols are used.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Operation of circuits is explained with reference to current paths
Learning Outcome 2 Draw electrical location diagrams.
Range Statement: location diagrams for domestic or small commercial
installation.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Location diagrams are drawn to scale.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Standard symbols are used
Performance A legend of symbols is included
Page 49 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 2.3
Learning Outcome 3 Draw single-line diagrams for electricity distribution.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Circuitry is electrically functional.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Equipment ratings and cable sizes are shown.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Standard symbols are used.
Performance
Standard 3.4
Purpose of line diagrams is explained according to industry practice
Learning Outcome 4 Draw a schematic circuit diagram from inspection of a given electrical
product.
Range Statement: Product may be any one of - electrical appliance,
complete installation or any process, machine or equipment featuring
electrical control.
Performance
Standard 4.1
Circuit diagram is drawn by inspection of the physical product.
Performance
Standard 4.2
Drawn circuit is electrically functional and a true representation of the
physical product.
Performance
Standard 4.3
Standard symbols are used.
Learning Outcome 5 Draw an electrical block diagram of a given electrical product.
Range Statement: Product may be any one of - electrical appliance,
complete installation or any process, machine or equipment featuring
electrical control.
Performance
Standard 5.1
Block diagram correctly depicts the functional units of the product
Performance
Standard 5.2
Standard symbols are used.
Learning Outcome 6 Draw an electrical wiring diagram of a given electrical product.
Range Statement: Product may be any one of - electrical appliance,
complete installation or any process, machine or equipment featuring
electrical control.
Performance
Standard 6.1
Wiring diagram correctly depicts the physical interconnection of components
of the product.
Performance
Standard 6.2
Wiring diagram is functionally correct.
Suggested
assessment Methods
Assessment method for this NCS is designed to ensure that students are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral questioning will be used to back up workshop performance. This
questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets to
record skill related task.
Practical work must meet all of the standards documented
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Page 50 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Registration date 31st January 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER26019 Demonstrate basic engineering workshop skills under close
supervision
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 12
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS covers introductory engineering workshop skills under close
supervision, and is intended mainly for use in secondary schools.
People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate basic knowledge of
engineering workshop tools, processes, and fixed machine tools; use basic
engineering workshop tools and equipment; and use basic engineering
workshop fixed machine tools.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Mechanical Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate basic knowledge of engineering workshop tools, processes, and
fixed machine tools.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Cutting tools are identified and their principles of operation outlined.
Range Statement: Evidence of five cutting tools is required.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Marking out tools are identified and their principles outlined.
Range Statement: Evidence of five marking out tools is required.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Engineering measuring tools are identified and principles of operation
outlined.
Range Statement: Evidence of three engineering measuring tools is
required.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Joining processes are identified and their principles of operation outlined.
Range Statement: Evidence of three joining processes is required.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Basic workshop fixed machine tools are identified and principles of
operation outlined.
Range Statement: Evidence of three basic workshop machines is required.
Performance
Standard 1.6
One surface finishing technique is identified and its principle outlined.
Learning Outcome 2 Use basic engineering workshop tools and equipment.
Range Statement: Evidence of use of at least two materials, three cutting
tools, three marking out tools, two measuring tools, two joining processes,
and one finishing technique is required.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Use of tools and equipment demonstrates sound techniques in basic
workshop applications.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Use of tools and equipment demonstrates safe working practices.
Performance Workshop equipment, tools and workpieces are cleaned and returned to their
Page 51 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 2.3 correct place of storage.
Learning Outcome 3 Use basic engineering workshop fixed machine tools.
Range Statement: Evidence of the use of a drill press and one other
machine tool is required.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Use of machine tools demonstrates sound techniques in basic machining
applications.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Use of machine tools demonstrates safe working practices.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Machined components are measured to confirm they meet the given
specifications.
Explanatory Notes 1 It is recommended that outcomes 2 and 3 are assessed by means of
simple practical engineering projects for which the candidate is given
appropriate specifications. Resource materials are available from
Competenz at http://www.tools4work.co.nz.
2 References
Occupational Safety and Health Act (Samoa) 2002
Health and Safety in Employment Act (New Zealand) 1992
Safety and Technology Education: A Guidance Manual for New
Zealand Schools. Wellington: Learning Media, 1998.
3 Definitions
Close supervision should be interpreted to mean that the teacher or
supervisor is present in the workshop at all times to guide and monitor
workshop activities.
MIG - refers to Metal Inert Gas welding.
MMAW - refers to Manual Metal Arc Welding.
Sound techniques in the use of tools, equipment, and machine tools
refers to techniques as used in the trade, and typically includes using
the correct tool for the job, handling technique, work stance, use of
work holding devices, and tool maintenance.
TIG - refers to Tungsten Inert Gas welding.
4 Range
examples of engineering materials - ferrous, non ferrous, plastic.
examples of cutting tools - hacksaw, chisels, files, hole punches, tin
snips, bench shears, drills, taps, dies.
Suggested
Assessment
Methods
Theory Test and Practical Test.
Resource
requirements
Hand and power tools of the trade.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 52 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER26020 Develop a simple product using engineering materials
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 10
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS covers the development of a simple product using materials
commonly used in mechanical engineering, and is intended mainly for use in
high schools.
People credited with this NCS are able to investigate, design, and build a
simple product using engineering materials.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Mechanical Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Investigate development of a simple product using engineering materials.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Factors relevant to the product development are investigated.
Range Statement: Examples of factors - material properties, performance
requirements, available tools and machinery, meth ods of measurement,
engineering processes, physical laws, usefulness of the product, cost, time to
build. Investigation of at least two factors is required.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Investigation explores alternatives for achieving the aims of the
development.
Range Statement: At least two alternatives are required.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Investigation draws on different sources of information.
Range Statement: Examples of sources - library, internet, brain storming,
interview, site visit, technical press, catalogue. At least three sources are
required.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Sources of information relevant to the development are recorded.
Learning Outcome 2 Design a simple product using engineering materials.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Design is developed from initial concepts, and refined, using the results of
the investigation.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Design demonstrates use of sketches or drawings to communicate design
details.
Range Statement: Sketches or drawings showing size and shape of object,
two and three dimensional views, tolerances. Drawings may be produced
manually or computer aided.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Design demonstrates the application of basic arithmetic in an engineering
context.
Range Statement: Basic arithmetic may include but is not limited to -
addition, subtraction, multiplication and division of digits to one decimal
point.
Learning Outcome 3 Build a simple product using engineering materials.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Building of product demonstrates sound use of workshop tools, equipment,
processes, and fixed machine tools at an introductory level.
Range Statement: Workshop tools may include but are not limited to -
hacksaws, chisels, files, hole punches, tin snips, drills, taps, dies, rules,
scribers, punches, dividers, odd leg callipers, callipers, micrometers, vernier
Page 53 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
callipers, engineers square. Workshop equipment may include but is not
limited to - MMAW, TIG, MIG, oxyacetylene welding, sheetmetal folders
and benders. Workshop processes may include but are not limited to -
soldering, brazing, welding, riveting, bending, forming, surface finishing.
Workshop fixed machine tools may include but are not limited to - milling
machines, drilling machines, lathes.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Finished product functions as designed.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Finished product is within the tolerances specified in the design.
Explanatory Notes 1 Resource materials for this standard are available from Competenz at
http://www.tools4work.co.nz.
2 References
NZS/AS 1100.101:1992, Technical drawing - General principles;
NZS/AS 1100.201:1992, Technical drawing - Mechanical engineering
drawing.
3 Definitions
Product development - improving an existing product or developing a
new kind of product. For the purpose of this standard, the development
is limited to investigation, design, and building of a working prototype.
Simple product - product capable of being built from engineering
materials with basic workshop tools, machinery and processes, and
requiring an introductory level of skills and precision. Some examples
are - model engines, tools, toolboxes, wrought iron work, utensils, toys,
ornamental items, steel furniture.
MIG - refers to Metal Inert Gas welding.
MMAW - refers to Manual Metal Arc Welding.
TIG - refers to Tungsten Inert Gas welding.
4 It is expected that the teacher or supervisor will direct and assist the
Investigation, design, and building of the product by providing focusing
questions, providing some sources, monitoring the design process, and
supervising workshop activities.
5 Range
Engineering materials - any of ferrous, non-ferrous, plastic.
Suggested
Assessment
Methods
Theory Test and Practical Test
Resource
requirements
Simple machine, power tools and different materials such as plastic, ferrous
metal, non-ferrous metal etc….
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 54 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER26021 Demonstrate knowledge of safety procedures in a specific
engineering workshop
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS covers safety hazards and their management in a specific
engineering workshop, and is intended mainly for use in workshops in
secondary schools.
People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of hazards,
personal safety, and safety procedures in a specific engineering workshop.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Mechanical Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of hazards in a specific engineering workshop.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Hazards occurring in the workshop are identified.
Range Statement: Equipment, tools, machinery, electrical, chemical, fire,
gas, fumes, compressed air, noise.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Hazard warning signs displayed in the workshop are identified.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of personal safety in a specific engineering
workshop.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Personal responsibilities in relation to workshop safety are identified.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Safety aspects of personal appearance are identified.
Range Statement: Long hair, jewellery, loose clothing.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Items of personal protective equipment available in the workshop, and their
uses, are identifying.
Examples are - covered shoes, safety glasses, ear muffs, leather gloves,
welding masks, welding goggles, hard hat, and breathing mask.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Orderly workshop habits are identified.
Range Statement: Workshop cleanliness and tidiness, avoidance of
boisterous play or practical jokes involving machinery.
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of safety procedures in a specific engineering
workshop.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Workshop procedures for action in the event of accident, fire, chemical
spillage, and live electricity are explained.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Items of firefighting equipment available in the workshop, and their
applications, are identified.
Explanatory Notes 1 Resource materials for this standard are available from Competenz.
2 References
Occupational Safety and Health Act (Samoa) 2002
Health and Safety in Employment Act (New Zealand) 1992
Guidelines for Guarding Principles and General Safety for Machinery.
Occupational Safety and Health Service, Department of Labour, 1995.
Safety and Technology Education: A Guidance Manual for New
Zealand Schools. Learning Media, 1998.
Suggested
Assessment
Theory Test, Assignment, Assessment.
Page 55 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Methods
Resource
requirements
Safety equipment, Safety hand tools, Safety gears, and safety about the
trades.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER26036 Select, use, and care for, engineering hand tools
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
People credited with this NCS are able to select, use and care for,
engineering hand tools.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Mechanical Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Select and use engineering hand tools.
Range Statement: Development of a basic knowledge of practices within
one trade area of an engineering trade
Performance
Standard 1.1
Hazards associated with hand tool use are identified in accordance with hand
tool type and industry practice.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Hand tools are selected in accordance with industry practice.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Hand tools are used to meet task requirements in accordance with industry
practice.
Learning Outcome 2 Care for engineering hand tools.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Hand tools are inspected for damage and faults and supervisor advised.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Hand tools are serviced and stored in accordance with industry practice.
Explanatory Notes 1 References
Occupational Safety and Health Act (Samoa) 2002
Health and Safety in Employment Act (New Zealand) 1992
2 Definitions
Industry practice - safe and sound trade practices generally accepted by
competent persons within the mechanical engineering industry.
Serviced - routine actions that ensure operational integrity. Examples
include cleaning, lubricating, and minor adjustments.
3 Assessment information
Engineering hand tools applicable to this NCS fall within the
following categories:
Cutting tools, which may include but are not limited to - hacksaws,
chisels, files, hole punches, tin snips.
Assembly tools, which may include but are not limited to - hammers,
punches, vices, clamps, spanners, wrenches (including impact and
torque), pliers
Evidence is required for a minimum of three hand tools from each
Page 56 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
category.
Suggested
Assessment
Methods
Theory Test and Practical Test
Resource
requirements
Hand tools of different types
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER26037 Select, use, and care for simple measuring devices used in
engineering
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
People credited with this NCS are able to select, use, and care for simple
measuring devices used in engineering.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Mechanical Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Select simple measuring devices.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Devices are selected, having regard to the quantity to be measured, expected
magnitude, and avoidance of device overload.
Learning Outcome 2 Use simple measuring devices.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Measurements are correct within the accuracy of the device.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Measurements are validated by re-measurement with the same or an alternate
device.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Measuring devices and objects to be measured are not damaged during the
measurement.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Measurements are recorded in accordance with industry practice.
Range Statement: Number of decimal places, units, prefixes, symbols.
Learning Outcome 3 Care for simple measuring devices.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Common faults in measuring devices are identified.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to - deformation,
breakages, stickiness, not zeroing, missing parts, expired calibration.
Evidence of four faults is required.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Measuring devices are handled and stored in a manner that maintains their
integrity.
Explanatory Notes 1 Definition
Industry practice - safe and sound trade practice generally accepted by
competent persons within the mechanical engineering industry.
2 Assessment information
Simple measuring devices include but are not limited to - rules, steel
Page 57 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
tapes, spring callipers, friction callipers, protractors, thermometers,
mass balances, spring balances, stop watches, spirit levels, plumb bobs,
and fixed gauges (Go/NoGo, thread, length).
Evidence is required for the selection, use, and care of at least six
measuring devices.
Suggested
Assessment
Methods
Theory Test and Practical Test
Resource
requirements
Tape measure, folding rule, divider ,engineering square
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title
HE22001 Demonstrate knowledge of workplace health and safety
requirements
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
People credited with this unit standard are able to: identify and describe
legislative rights and responsibilities for workplace health and safety;
describe the systems approach to workplace health and safety; and explain
how hazards are defined in the OSH Act 2002.
Classification Field – Health
Subfield - Occupational Safety and Health
Learning Outcome 1 Identify and describe legislative rights and responsibilities for workplace
health and safety.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Responsibilities of employers under the OSH Act 2002 are identified and
described.
Range Statement: Responsibilities include but are not limited to - taking all
practicable steps to ensure the safety of employees, providing personal
protective clothing and equipment, managing hazards, providing supervision
and training.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Responsibilities and rights of employees under the OSH Act 2002are
identified and described.
Range Statement: Responsibilities and rights include but are not limited to -
protecting the health and safety of self and others, using protective clothing
and equipment, the right to refuse unsafe work, to be adequately supervised
and/or trained
Learning Outcome 2 Describe the systems approach to workplace health and safety.
Performance
Standard 2.1
The principal systems are described in terms of their requirements.
Range Statement: Principal systems include but are not limited to -
emergency procedures, training, employee participation, incident and hazard
reporting, hazard management.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The hierarchy of hazard management controls is described in terms of
eliminating, isolating, and minimizing hazards.
Page 58 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Range Statement: Evidence is required of two examples each of
eliminating, isolating, and minimizing hazards.
Learning Outcome 3 Explain how hazards are defined in the OSH Act 2002.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Hazards are defined in terms of the requirements in the OSH Act 2002.
Range Statement: Evidence is required of examples of four different types
of hazards.
Explanatory Notes 1. Legislation relevant to this NCS includes Occupational Safety and Health
(OSH) Act 2002.
2. Assessment Information
This unit standard is intended for use by employees as well as students
and those on pre-employment training, and may be assessed in either a
provider or workplace environment.
Suggested
assessment methods
Assessment Test, Assignment.
Resource
requirements
Safety signs, Safety gears, Fire fighting equipments, First Aid Kit.
SAG responsible for
developing this NCS
Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title
AB18003 Identify and describe hand tools and testing equipment for
plumbing
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who work, or intend to work in the plumbing
industry.
People credited with this NCS are able to identify and describe hand tools
and testing equipment for plumbing.
Classification Field-Architecture & Building
Subfield-Plumbing, Gasfitting & Drainlaying
Learning Outcome 1 Identify and describe hand tools and testing equipment for plumbing.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Hand tools are identified and described in terms of their use in plumbing.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Testing equipment is identified and described in terms of its use in plumbing.
Range Statement: Bourdon gauge, pressure testing equipment,
thermometer.
Explanatory Notes 1 Legislation relevant to this NCS is the Occupational Safety &
Health (OSH) Act 2002.
2 Range Statement
Must include - Allen keys, bent pins, bevel, bossing tools, chalk and
chalk line, cold chisel, crox tools, drills/drill bits, expanders, files, flare
Page 59 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER26046 Demonstrate knowledge of safety on engineering worksites
SQF Level 2 NCS Credit Value 1
NCS Purpose
Statement
People credited with this standard are able to demonstrate knowledge of
hazards, personal safety, and safety procedures and equipment on
engineering worksites.
Classification Field – Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Mechanical Engineering
tools, handsaws, hammers, nipple extractor, pencil, pinch bar, pipe tongs,
pipe vice, pliers, pop riveter, protractor, punches, reamers, rule and tapes,
screwdrivers, scriber, sealant gun, spanners (adjustable, open-ended),
snips, socket set, spirit level, springs, square, string, swagers, taps and
dies, trowel, tube cutters, wire brush, wood chisel, wood saw.
SAG responsible for
developing this NCS
Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title
AB18014 Identify and describe trade equipment and power tools used
for plumbing
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 1
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is intended for people who work, or intend to work, in the
plumbing industry.
People credited with this NCS are able to identify and describe trade
equipment and power tools for plumbing.
Classification Field-Architecture & Building
Subfield-Plumbing, Gasfitting & Drainlaying
Learning Outcome 1 Identify and describe trade equipment and power tools used for plumbing.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Trade equipment and power tools are identified and described in terms of
their use in plumbing.
Explanatory Notes 1. Legislation applicable to this NCS is the Occupational Safety and Health
Act 2002.
2. Range Statement
Evidence must be provided for all of the following:
Drills, concrete breaker, concrete cutter, core drillers, earth leakage
circuit breaker, electric welding machines, electro fusion welder, gas
welding plant, hydraulic pipe benders, ladders, pipe threading machine,
portable generator, skillsaw, testing plugs.
SAG responsible for
developing this NCS
Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 60 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of hazards on engineering worksites.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Hazards commonly occurring on engineering worksites are identified in
accordance with the safety guidelines and worksite procedures.
Range Statement: Equipment, tools, machinery, electrical, chemical, fire,
gas, fumes, compressed air, noise, product, confined spaces, height.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Warning signs relating to worksite hazards are identified.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of personal safety on engineering worksites.
Performance
Standard 2.1
The personal responsibilities of workers in relation to workplace safety are
Identified.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Safety aspects of personal appearance are identified.
Range Statement: Overalls, long hair, jewellery.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Items of personal protective equipment and their use are identified.
Range Statement: Safety boots, leather gloves, welding shield safety
glasses, ear muffs, hard hat, and breathing mask.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Orderly workshop habits are identified.
Range Statement: Workshop cleanliness and tidiness, avoidance of
boisterous play or practical jokes involving machinery.
Performance
Standard 2.5
Methods to avoid Occupational Overuse Syndrome are identified.
Performance
Standard 2.6
Safe method of manual lifting is demonstrated.
Performance
Standard 2.7
Safe use of ladders is described.
Performance
Standard 2.8
The dangers of using mind altering drugs and alcohol in the presence of
machinery are identified.
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of safety procedures and equipment on engineering
worksites.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Worksite procedures designed to avoid accidents are identified.
Range Statement: Equipment, machinery, electrical, chemical, fire, fumes,
compressed air, gas, protective clothing, storage, work area maintenance.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Worksite procedures for action in the event of accident, fire, chemical
spillage, and emergency are explained.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Hose reels and different types of portable fire extinguishers are identified
and their applications stated.
Explanatory Notes 1. Legislations
Occupational Health and Safety (OSH) Act 2002;
Accident Compensation Act 1989.
2. Definitions
Safety guidelines - guidelines for the safe operation of machinery and tools,
such as those listed in the references, as well as guidelines for specific
machines in workshops.
Worksite procedures - operational procedures put in place by the
candidate’s employer. These include site safety procedures, equipment
Page 61 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
operating procedures, job procedures, quality assurance, and procedures
for the handling and disposal of materials and waste.
3. References
Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Act 2001.
Resource Management Act 1991.
Accident Compensation Corporation and Department of Labour. Metal
Industry Guidelines for Safe Work. (Wellington: ACC, 2007). Available
from
http://www.acc.co.nz/PRD_EXT_CSMP/idcplg?IdcService=GET_FILE
&dID=3023&dDocName=PRD.
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDs).
4. Assessment information
Candidates are required to demonstrate competency in all outcomes in
accordance with the safety guidelines and worksite procedures.
Suggested
assessment methods
Theory Test and Practical Test
Resource
requirements
SAG responsible for
developing this NCS
Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January 2013
Planned review date After 5 years from registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER26047 Apply safe working practices on an engineering worksite
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
People credited with this NCS are able to apply safe working practices on an
engineering worksite.
Classification Field – Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Mechanical Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Apply safe working practices on an engineering worksite.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are demonstrated in the use of tools and machinery,
in accordance with safety guidelines and worksite procedures.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Personal protective equipment is worn appropriate to the occupation, and
long hair and jewellery, if any, are safely managed in accordance with
worksite procedures.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Orderly workshop habits are demonstrated in accordance with worksite
procedures.
Range Statement: Workshop cleanliness and tidiness, avoidance of
horseplay and skylarking
Performance
Standard 1.4
Hazardous materials are stored and carried in accordance with Material
Safety Data Sheets, where available, as specified by the manufacturer.
Range Statement: According to the worksite, this could include but is not
limited to - chemicals, gas, compressed air, flammable materials, lubricants,
Page 62 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
paints, sealants, cleaning fluids, waste materials.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Worksite procedures in the event of fire, accident, chemical spillage, and
emergency are explained in accordance with worksite procedures.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Emergency shutdown procedures are applied in accordance with worksite
procedures.
Explanatory Notes 1. Legislations
Occupational Health and Safety (OSH) Act 2002
Accident Compensation Act 1989
2. Definitions
Safety guidelines - guidelines for the safe operation of machinery and
tools, such as those listed in the references, as well as guidelines for specific
machines in workshops.
Worksite procedures - operational procedures put in place by the
candidate’s employer. These include site safety procedures, equipment
operating procedures, job procedures, quality assurance, and procedures
for the handling and disposal of materials and waste.
3. References
Injury Prevention, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Act 2001.
Resource Management Act 1991.
Accident Compensation Corporation and Department of Labour. Metal
Industry Guidelines for Safe Work. (Wellington: ACC, 2007). Available
from
http://www.acc.co.nz/PRD_EXT_CSMP/idcplg?IdcService=GET_FILE
&dID=3023&dDocName=PRD.
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDs).
4. Assessment Information
This standard is intended to be assessed in the context of a real
engineering worksite. Knowledge of safety on engineering worksites is
covered in NCS 21911.
Suggested
assessment methods
Theory Test and Practical Test
Resource
requirements
SAG responsible for
developing this NCS
Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January 2013
Planned review date After 5 years from registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER18001 Demonstrate knowledge of safe working practices in an
Automotive workshop
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to enter or are working in the motor
industry. People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge
Page 63 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
of personal behaviour that affects workshop safety, good housekeeping
practices to promote safety, and maintaining safe working practices in an
Automotive workplace.
Classification Field - Engineering and Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of personal behaviour that affects workshop safety.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Personal actions that avoid unsafe acts and unsafe conditions in an
Automotive workshop are identified in accordance with legislative
requirements.
Range Statement: Behaviour, personal hygiene to prevent skin irritations,
working alone, working above and below a fellow worker, no smoking near
combustible areas and dangerous goods.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Protective clothing suitable for wearing in an Automotive workshop is
identified.
Range Statement: Protection to the body, head, hair, eyes, ears, lungs
Performance
Standard 1.3
Protective footwear suitable for wearing in an Automotive workshop is
identified.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Precautions to take when wearing loose body accessories while working in a
workshop are described in accordance with relevant codes of practice.
Range Statement: Chains, rings, watches, earrings.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The obligations of employees under the Occupational Safety and Health Act
2002 are outlined.
Range Statement: Responsibility for their own health and safety,
responsibility for ensuring their actions do not harm anyone else.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of good housekeeping practices to promote safety.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Precautions to take when hazardous objects are left on floors, stairs, and
platforms are described in accordance with relevant codes of practice.
Range Statement: Removing and storing objects, disposing of objects
safely.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Sharp and dangerous objects that can be present in the work area are
identified.
Range Statement: Broken glass, sharp metal, open containers of flammable
liquid, fuel and oil soaked rags.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The value of keeping work benches, work space, and machinery clean and
tidy is described in accordance with relevant codes of practice.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The purpose of displaying warning notices clearly at the site of hazards is
described in accordance with relevant codes of practice.
Performance
Standard 2.5
The importance of maintaining tools and workshop equipment in good
working order is described in accordance with relevant codes of practice.
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of maintaining safe working practices in an
Automotive workplace.
Performance
Standard 3.1
The effects of an accident on workplace operations are identified.
Range Statement: Minor, major, long term, short term.
Page 64 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 3.2
The purpose of establishing and maintaining adequate room to work safely is
described in accordance with relevant codes of practice.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Methods and purpose of providing safe ventilation in a workshop are
identified.
Range Statement: Minimising the running of engines and vehicles in a
workshop, use of extractor fans and hoods, keeping fresh supply of air
circulating through doors and windows.
Performance
Standard 3.4
Precautions to take when working in and around vehicles are identified.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – fuel (fumes, high
pressure, leaks), components under tension or pressure, supporting
components, lifting and supporting vehicles, hydraulic and pneumatic
systems, batteries, high voltage systems, airbags and seat belt pre-tensioners,
heat generated components, flammable materials.
Explanatory Notes 1. Regulation
Legislation relevant to this NCS includes but is not limited to Occupational
Safety and Health Act 2002.
Resources
Requirement
Hand tools such as spanners, screw drivers, sockets, hacksaw
Power tools and equipment such as drills, hoist, floor jerk and training
vehicle.
Suggested
assessment methods
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER18002 Demonstrate knowledge of hand tools and workshop
equipment for motor industry applications
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people wishing to enter the Automotive repair industry, or
when initially employed, to carry out tasks in any Automotive or collision
repair application. People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate
knowledge of hand tools and workshop equipment, and maintaining
workshop tools and equipment.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of hand tools and workshop equipment.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Hand tools and their uses are described in accordance with manufacturer
specifications and company requirements.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – adjustable wrenches,
Allen keys, bars, chisels, files, hacksaw, hammers; inspection mirror,
magnet, pliers; punches, riveter, screwdrivers, socket sets, spanners, wire
brushes.
Performance Power and pneumatic tools and their uses are described in accordance with
Page 65 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 1.2 manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – drills, grinders, polisher,
sanders, screwdriver, wrenches and sockets.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Workshop equipment and their uses are described in accordance with
manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – air compressor, buff,
clamps, cleaning equipment, computer system, drills, extractors, fault finding
diagnostic equipment, floor creeper, grease gun, grinder, hoist, inspection
light, jacks, lifting equipment, measuring equipment, multimeter, parts trays,
press, protective covers, pullers, soldering equipment, stands, straight edge
and surface plate, thread restoring and cutting tools, vehicle alignment
equipment, welding equipment, work bench and vice, workshop manuals
and/or service information.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Measuring equipment and their uses are described in accordance with
manufacturer specifications and industry requirements.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – tapes, dial test indicators,
feeler gauge, gap gauges, micrometers, torque wrenches, vernier callipers.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Procedures to use the recommended tools for the job to enable the task to be
completed without undue time being lost, componentry damage, or injury to
people are described in accordance with manufacturer specifications and
company requirements.
Learning Outcome
2
Demonstrate knowledge of maintaining workshop tools and equipment.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working procedures when maintaining tools and equipment are
described in accordance with manufacturer specifications and legislative
requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, no damage to tools and
equipment.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Procedures to clean lubricate, and store workshop tools and equipment for
easy access, and without damage and loss are described in accordance with
manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Procedures to keep measuring instruments in a safe condition and to ensure
accuracy before use are described in accordance with equipment
manufacturer specifications and company requirements.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Terminology of hand tools and workshop equipment can vary between
manufacturers and between countries.
Industry requirements refer to instructions to staff on policy and procedures
which are documented in memo or manual format and are available in the
workplace.
Resources
Requirement
Hand tools, power and equipment such as spanners, screwdrivers, sockets,
hacksaw, drills, air compressor, floor jerk, bench vice, hoist and training
vehicle.
Suggested
assessment methods
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Page 66 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER18003 Describe motor vehicle safe motoring requirements and
general locations of systems and components
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people entering into most Automotive service occupations or
for anyone who requires a general guide to the mechanics of a motor vehicle.
People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of motor
vehicle safe motoring requirements, and identify the layout of the
components and systems for a motor vehicle.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of motor vehicle safe motoring requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The importance of identifying vehicle details is described in terms of
ensuring all relevant details are available for company records and job
requirements.
Range Statement: Make, model, year registered, registration number,
vehicle identification number (VIN), odometer or hour meter reading,
colour, distinguishing features.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The purpose of a Warrant of Fitness (WoF) and Certificate of Fitness (CoF)
is explained in terms of road worthiness and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Ensuring vehicle has a minimum safety standard,
complying with traffic regulations.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The use and value of the owner’s handbook and service schedule are
described in terms of accessing vehicle information.
Range Statement: Operation of vehicle’s controls, information on basic
adjustments for driving comfort and safety, maintenance schedule, general
specifications.
Learning Outcome 2 Identify the layout of the components and systems for a motor vehicle.
Range Statement: One of – light vehicle or heavy vehicle.
Performance
Standard 2.1
The general layouts of motor vehicle systems are identified in accordance
with vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Engine, drive train and transmission, body and chassis,
brakes, steering, suspension, electrical and fuel systems.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Major vehicle components are identified by appearance and their general
location on a vehicle in accordance with vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Engine components; drive train and transmission; body
and chassis components; braking, steering, and suspension components;
electrical and fuel system components.
Page 67 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Explanatory Notes 1. Assessment Information
Providers must be accredited by SQA, or an inter-institutional body with
delegated authority for quality assurance, before they can report credits from
assessment against NCSs or deliver courses of study leading to that
assessment.
Resources
Requirement
Training vehicles, hoist, floor jerk
Suggested
assessment methods
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and
Title
ER18004 Explain the operation of two and four stroke petrol and diesel
engines
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to enter or are employed in the Automotive
industry. People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge
of spark ignition (SI) engine operation, compression ignition (CI) engine
operation, and engine
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of spark ignition (SI) engine operation.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The operational cycle of a two stroke SI engine is described according to
textbook descriptions.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The operational cycle of a four stroke SI engine is described according to
textbook descriptions.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of compression ignition (CI) engine operation.
Performance
Standard 2.1
The operational cycle of a two stroke CI engine is described according to
textbook descriptions.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The operational cycle of a four stroke CI engine is described according to
textbook descriptions.
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of engine capacity and performance ratings.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Engine capacity measurements are calculated from given specifications
Performance
Standard3.2
Engine compression ratio and how it effects engine performance is described
according to textbook descriptions.
Performance
Standard3.3
Engine torque and power ratings are described according to the engine
manufacturer’s specifications.
Explanatory Notes Information on four stroke and two cycle can be found from:
training provider, industry and vehicle workshop manuals; Automotive
mechanical text books, NUS library
Suggested
assessment methods
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Page 68 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER18005 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive batteries
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to enter or are employed in the Automotive
service industry. People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate
knowledge of Automotive batteries and their service requirements, and
testing an Automotive battery.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive batteries and their service
requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Purpose of an Automotive battery is described according to the battery
manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: heavy duty, marine, car or light commercial vehicle,
motorcycle, stationary plant, forklifts, hybrid vehicles, electric vehicles;
vehicle starting, extra electric power, voltage stabilizer
Performance
Standard 1.2
Features of an Automotive battery are explained according to the battery
manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – sealed low maintenance,
semi-maintenance free, batteries used in hybrid vehicles, deep cycle; plate
and cell construction, element, case, cover, caps, electrolyte (liquid and gel
filled), capacity (ampere-hour), cold cranking amps (cold start rating),
service life, self-discharge, number of cells, cell rating and total voltage,
terminal connectors; 12 volt, 24 volt, above 24 volt; choosing the right
battery for the application
Performance
Standard1.3
Battery function and discharge characteristics are described according to the
battery manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Chemical action of cells during charge and discharge,
electrolyte specific gravity changes with temperature, determining final
discharge voltage limit and avoiding over-discharge, sulphated.
Performance
Standard1.4
Battery charging procedure and precautions are described according to the
battery manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Setting and using a battery charger, calculating charging
rate, noting electrolyte temperature during charging, checking electrolyte
volume, and observing safety precautions.
Performance
Standard1.5
Battery handling and maintenance procedures are described according to the
battery manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Avoiding frequent and repeated over-discharge and
over-charging; maintaining correct electrolyte level, specific gravity and
voltage conditions; keeping the battery case and top clean from oil, grease
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 69 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
and other materials; maintaining batteries not used for an extended period of
time; working around or near batteries; avoiding shorts; checking condition
of leads, removing and fitting terminals and connections; removing and
replacing batteries; protecting electronic memory, effects of vibration on
batteries.
Performance
Standard1.6
Battery installation requirements are explained according to the battery
and/or vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Circuit hook-ups; separate battery systems (starter,
mains); secure hold-down brackets and clamps; ventilation requirements,
removing and replacing.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of testing an Automotive battery.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Identifying the state of charge of an Automotive battery is explained
according to the battery and/or vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Test equipment used to test an Automotive battery is described according to
the battery and/or vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – digital voltmeter,
hydrometer, and high-rate discharge tester.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Battery testing and charging methods and procedures are described
according to the battery manufacturer’s instructions.
Range Statement: Includes – battery tests (unloaded, loaded), hydrometer
testing; digital voltmeter testing, slow/trickle charging, fast charging;
May include but is not limited to – battery monitoring, precautions for
inboard charging, requirements for on-shore charging (marine), single
charging operation, split charging operation – blocking diodes, separator
relay, battery switch.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Methods of starting a vehicle that has a flat battery are explained according
to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – portable starting packs,
spike resistant jumper leads, replacement battery, and slave battery.
Explanatory Notes 1. Regulation
Relevant Legislation to this NCS includes but is not limited to Occupational
Safety and Health Act 2002.
2. Definition
Reference to suitable test equipment means industry approved test equipment
that is recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task to a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resources
Requirement
Portable starting packs, spike resistant jumper leads, battery, digital
voltmeter, hydrometer, battery charger.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment method for this NCS is designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Page 70 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER18006 Service an Automotive Battery
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to enter or are employed in the Automotive
service industry. People credited with this NCS are able to: determine the
serviceability of a lead-acid battery; replace a lead-acid battery on a vehicle;
charge a lead-acid battery; and carry out an emergency start on a flat battery.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Determine the serviceability of a lead-acid battery.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Test equipment is selected that will enable the serviceability of the battery to
be determined.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task according to
industry requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, and no damage to
equipment.
Performance
Standard 1.3
A battery is inspected visually and all physical defects are identified and
reported to the supervisor.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The state of charge is determined and compared to the battery
manufacturer’s specifications.
Learning Outcome 2 Replace a lead-acid battery on a vehicle.
Performance
Standard 2.1
The battery is selected for the particular make and model of vehicle
according to the battery and/or vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task according to
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, no damage to
equipment, vehicle safety.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The battery is disconnected in the sequence specified by the vehicle
manufacturer, and is removed ensuring that any electronic memories are
protected.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The battery is replaced (installed and connected) in the manner specified by
the vehicle manufacturer.
Learning Outcome 3 Charge a lead-acid battery.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the charging process
according to industry requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, no damage to
equipment, battery safety
Performance
Standard 3.2
The battery is cleaned, and the electrolyte level is checked and corrected so
that it is ready for charging.
Page 71 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Range Statement: Mixing electrolyte, adding electrolyte, adding water,
precautions when topping up a dry battery
Learning Outcome 4 Carry out an emergency start on a flat battery.
Performance
Standard 4.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task according to
legislative requirements.
Performance
Standard 4.2
Flat battery is connected to an emergency starting device in a manner that
ensures that the risk of explosion and component damage is eliminated.
Performance
Standard 4.3
Battery is disconnected from the emergency starting device in a manner that
ensures that battery explosion and damage to the vehicle’s electrical and
electronic circuits do not occur.
Performance
Standard 4.4
The engine is restarted and run, to ensure the starting system functions
according to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Explanatory Notes 1. Regulation
Relevant Legislation to this NCS includes but is not limited to Occupational
Health and Safety Act 2002.
2. Definition
Reference to suitable test equipment means industry approved test equipment
that is recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task to a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resources
Requirement
Training vehicle, lead acid battery, battery charger, hydrometer, and jumper
leads.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER18007 Demonstrate knowledge of motor vehicle restraint systems
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 5
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the motor and related industries. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of: front air bag systems;
air bag system diagnosis; seat belt systems; side air bag and air curtain
systems; and discriminating restraint systems.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of front air bag systems.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Differences between active and passive restraints are defined in accordance
with vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The importance of following the vehicle manufacturer service instructions to
assist in the repair of a restraint system is explained in accordance with
Page 72 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Main components of an air bag system and their location on a vehicle are
identified in accordance with vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – air bag modules; wiring
harnesses; coil, clock spring, or cable reel; restraint system electronic control
module; sensors.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Factors that may cause air bag deployment are identified in accordance with
vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – vehicle speed; object
being struck; energy absorption; location of impact; angle of impact;
deceleration of the vehicle; inadvertent tampering, testing, or handling.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Disabling procedures before starting repairs are explained in accordance with
service information.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Impact sensor circuit operation is described in accordance with vehicle
manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – rear sensors (safing or
arming sensors), front sensors (discriminating, crash, impact sensors).
Performance
Standard 1.7
Components of an air bag module are identified in accordance with vehicle
manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.8
Precautions to take when working on an air bag system are described in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – using the correct service
manual, storing an air bag module, carrying an air bag module, repairing or
welding on a vehicle, testing electrical connections, adhering to warnings
printed on inflator module.
Performance
Standard 1.9
Removal and installation procedures for an air bag module are described in
accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.10
Functions of the electronic control module (ECM) in an air bag system are
identified in accordance with vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – checking the system
for faults, controlling the operation of the air bag warning lamp, recording
diagnostic and collision information, providing backup power.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of air bag system diagnosis.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Diagnostic methods used for air bag systems are identified in accordance
with service information.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – flash code diagnostics
(including warning lamp), specialty tester, scan tool diagnostics, test harness
measurements.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The importance of following service information when diagnosing faults is
explained in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – tools and workshop
equipment, test equipment, interpretation of fault codes, safety, and
preventing damage to components.
Page 73 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 2.3
Procedures to take after the repair is completed are identified in accordance
with service information.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – clearing fault codes, road
testing, checking all accessories for proper operation, warning lamp
operation.
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of seat belt systems.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Types of seat belt systems are identified in accordance with vehicle
manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – manual seat belts, pre-
tensioner seat belts, motorised seat belts.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Retractor type seat belt inspection procedures are described in accordance
with service information.
Range Statement: Visual inspection, dynamic test; single-sensitive, dual-
sensitive.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Seat belt pre-tensioner operation is described in accordance with vehicle
manufacturer specifications.
Learning Outcome 4 Demonstrate knowledge of discriminating restraint systems.
Performance
Standard 4.1
Types of discriminating restraint systems are identified in accordance with
vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – threshold deployment of
either or both air bag or seat belt tensioner, dual-stage air bags, dual-depth
air bags, seat-occupied sensored systems, front passenger seat disable, roll-
over pop-up bars.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box, sensor, seat belts.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 74 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER18008 Demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing faults in engine
management systems
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 1
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing faults in
engine management systems.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing faults in engine management systems.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Equipment used to diagnose engine management problems are identified in
accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Procedures for identifying the symptoms of a problem are described in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – customer information,
trouble-shooting charts, testing the vehicle with the recommended
equipment.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Procedures to carry out the activation routine for the self-diagnostic system,
and for isolating the faulty subsection, are explained in accordance with
service information.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – air, fuel, sensors,
mechanical systems, voltage supply and return, on-board diagnostic systems,
interrogation of diagnostic data obtained.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box, and scanner.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 75 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER18009 Inspect, diagnose, and rectify faults in engine management
systems
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 6
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive industry. People credited with this
NCS are able to inspect and diagnose engine management problems; and
rectify faults in an engine management system.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Inspect and diagnose engine management problems.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices and service precautions are observed throughout the
task in accordance with service information and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety;
service precautions may include but are not limited to – high-voltage
electrical systems.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The symptoms of the problem stated are confirmed in accordance with
service information.
Range Statement: Customer information, trouble-shooting charts, testing
the vehicle.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The engine management system and the engine compartment are checked
visually to ensure no obvious faults exist in accordance with service
information.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – loose and leaking fuel and
coolant pipes and hoses, loose and disconnected wires and connectors, low
fluid levels, loose and missing drive belts, any other loose and broken
components
Performance
Standard 1.4
Suitable test equipment is selected and used to enable faults to be diagnosed
in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.5
No damage is caused to circuit components and electronic devices when
using test instruments in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.6
The activation routine for the self-diagnostic system is carried out in
accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.7
The faulty subsection is isolated in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – air, fuel, sensors, control,
voltage supply and return.
Performance
Standard 1.8
Circuits not monitored by a self-diagnostic system are tested, and any faults
are located and identified in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.9
Fuel injection operation is tested to determine the nature of any faults in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: tests may include but are not limited to – adjustments,
noise, leakage, pulse, fuel pressure and volume.
Performance
Standard 1.10
Exhaust emissions and engine speed are measured at normal operating
temperature and the results noted in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.11
The results of the tests and observations are noted and compared with
vehicle specifications, and analysed to locate and identify the cause of any
Page 76 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
fault in accordance with service information.
Learning Outcome 2 Rectify faults in an engine management system.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices and service precautions are observed throughout the
task in accordance with service information and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Service precautions may include but are not limited to – high-voltage
electrical systems.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Suitable tools and equipment are used to enable system faults to be rectified
in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Service precautions are carried out to prevent damage to electronic
components in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Faults and their causes are corrected by repair, replacement, or adjustment as
specified by service information, to enable normal engine management
system operation to be restored.
Performance
Standard 2.5
Self-diagnostic test codes are cleared and subsequent upgrades installed in
accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.6
Road test is performed under controlled conditions of customer complaint to
confirm faults have been rectified.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box, scanner, scope
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 77 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER18010 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive instruments and
gauges, and testing and rectifying system faults
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive electrical repair industry. People
credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of analogue and
digital Automotive instruments and gauges; and testing and rectifying faults
in Automotive gauge systems, instrument panels, and associated circuits and
sensors.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of analogue and digital Subfield - Automotive
instruments and gauges.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Electromagnetic gauges are identified, and their method of operation
described in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: includes but are not limited to – fuel, temperature, oil
pressure, voltage, speedometer, tachometer.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Thermal gauges are identified and their methods of operation described in
accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: includes but are not limited to – fuel, temperature, oil
pressure, voltage.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The need for voltage stabilisation on an instrument panel is identified, and
methods of achieving it are described in accordance with manufacturer
specifications.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – bi-metal and solid state
devices.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The differences between light emitting diode (LED), liquid crystal display
(LCD), and vacuum fluorescent (VF) displays are identified in accordance
with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The operating principles of electronic gauges and instruments are defined in
block diagram form in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.6
A magnetic and mechanical speedometer and odometer are identified, and
their method of operation described in accordance with manufacturer
specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.7
The most common types of gauge sensors (senders) are identified and their
method of operation described in accordance with manufacturer
specifications.
Range Statement: types include but are not limited to – variable resistance,
rheostat, capacitive, semi-conductor.
Performance
Standard 1.8
The function of head-up displays (HUDs) is described in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of testing and rectifying faults in Subfield -
Automotive gauge systems, instrument panels, and associated circuits and
sensors.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – electromagnetic
excluding speedometer and tachometer, thermal and electronic types.
Page 78 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices when working with gauges, instrument panels and
associated circuits and sensors are explained in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Suitable tools and equipment used for testing a gauge and instrument panel
and associated circuits and sensors for faults are described in accordance
with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Procedures for testing gauges and instrument panels, and associated circuits
and sensors for faults are described in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Procedures for rectifying faulty components are described in accordance
with service information.
Range Statement: wiring, printed circuit boards, gauges.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER18011 Demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing vehicle or machine
cooling system faults and their causes
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing vehicle or
machine cooling system faults and their causes.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing vehicle or machine cooling system
Page 79 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
faults and their causes.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Cooling system faults are described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – overheating,
underheating, foreign matter, corrosion, combustion leaks, damage,
mountings, wear, incorrect or faulty parts, after-boil, air locks, coolant
concentration, thermostat operation, coolant leakage (internal and external),
coolant blockages, incorrect water pump operation, incorrect sensor
operation, incorrect viscous fan operation.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Causes of cooling system faults are described in accordance with service
information.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – driving or operating
conditions, radiator condition, leakage, engine condition, vehicle or machine
performance and condition, lack of maintenance, lack of or incorrect
inhibitor, replacement engine specifications different to replaced unit.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Procedures for testing and checking the cooling system for operation are
described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – air flow and air
circulation, coolant circulation, coolant temperature, coolant condition,
pressure loss, pulleys, belts, ducting, air fan, air blower, thermostats control,
pressure cap valve operation, bonding straps. May include – shrouds, blinds,
heat exchanger, cooler.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Cooling system checks for an engine that has not been operating for some
time are described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – visual (including
dismantling components), flushing, pressure testing, testing operation. May
include – shrouds, blinds.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Methods used to detect the actual engine temperature are described in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – thermometer,
temperature sensor probes, temperature sensitive crayons.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Cooling system after-boil and its effects on an engine are described in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: symptoms, causes, damage.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
Page 80 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER18012 Demonstrate knowledge of preparing to test, and testing for
faults in an Automotive air conditioning system
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of preparing to test an
Automotive air conditioning system for operation, and testing for faults in an
Automotive air conditioning system.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of preparing to test an Automotive air conditioning
system for operation.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Suitable tools and equipment to enable tests to be performed are described in
accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: may include but is not limited to – manifold and gauge
set, vacuum pump, thermometer, hose crimping tools, refrigerant, evacuation
pump and bottle, O-rings, oil, nitrogen test equipment, electronic leak
detector, ultra-violet (UV) light, electronic diagnostic tools.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Instructions and specifications for testing the system and reasons for using
them are described in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The importance of carrying out a visual inspection of air conditioning
components prior to testing is described in accordance with manufacturer
specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – damage, leaks, corrosion,
hose and joint condition.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of testing for faults in an Subfield - Automotive air
conditioning system.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe work practices when testing for faults are described in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: cleanliness; ventilation; eye protection, gloves,
protective clothing; working with a pressurised system; running the engine;
awareness of moving parts; heating components; using air conditioning
equipment; recovery and storage of refrigerant.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Test procedures are described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – evaporator blower,
control doors, heater control valve, fan clutch, condenser/radiator fan, hoses,
Page 81 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
tubing, connections, compressor, compressor clutch and pulleys, condenser,
expansion device, evaporator pressure regulator, accumulator, drive belts, O-
rings, gaskets, spring locks, cabin filters, service ports, fan clutch, fan blades,
electrical components. Using test gauges, refrigerant level charge.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Procedures for testing the efficiency of the system are described in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – high and low side gauge
readings, temperature controls, measuring and comparing evaporator air inlet
and outlet temperatures and humidity levels.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Procedures for testing the drivers controls are described in accordance with
service information.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – switches, flaps, doors,
vents.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER18013 Demonstrate knowledge of testing and rectifying diesel engine
shutdown system faults
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of: diesel engine shutdown
systems; testing and rectifying electrical and electronic diesel engine
shutdown system faults; and testing and rectifying mechanical diesel engine
shutdown system faults.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Page 82 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Subfield – Automotive Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of diesel engine shutdown systems.
Range Statement: Mechanical, electrical, electronic.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The purpose of diesel engine shutdown systems is described in accordance
with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Types of diesel engine shutdown systems are described in accordance with
engine manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Engine shutdown operation is described for each system in accordance with
service information.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of testing and rectifying electrical and electronic
diesel engine shutdown system faults.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Suitable tools and equipment for testing and rectifying electrical and
electronic diesel engine shutdown system faults are identified in accordance
with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Procedures for testing and rectifying engine sensor faults are described in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Sensors include but are not limited to – oil pressure,
coolant temperature, over-speed.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Procedures for testing and rectifying actuator faults relating to electrical and
electronic diesel engine shutdown system operation are described in
accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Procedures for testing for electrical faults and repairing the wiring and
connectors are described in accordance with service information.
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of testing and rectifying mechanical diesel engine
shutdown system faults.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Suitable tools and equipment for testing and rectifying mechanical diesel
engine shutdown system faults are identified in accordance with service
information.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Procedures for testing and rectifying mechanical diesel engine shutdown
system faults are described in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Adjusting the actuator trip speed is described in accordance with service
information.
Performance
Standard 3.4
Procedures for testing and rectifying faults in the actuator operation are
described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: actuator operation includes but is not limited to –
coolant temperature, oil pressure.
Performance
Standard 3.5
Procedures for testing the shutdown system for operation following repair
procedure are described in accordance with service information.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
Page 83 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in Standard
Descriptor
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER18014 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive electronic ignition
system operation
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 6
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of: electronic ignition
triggering; electronic dwell angle control; distributorless electronic ignition
systems; and high tension (HT) circuitry specifications in an electronic
ignition system.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Engineering
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of electronic ignition triggering.
Range Statement: Magnetic inductor (distributor, crankshaft), Hall effect,
optical trigger.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The differences between a Kettering ignition system and an electronic
ignition system are explained in terms of con from direct current (dc) to
alternating current (ac).
Performance
Standard 1.2
Methods of controlling the coil primary current are described in accordance
with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Ignition triggering operation is described in accordance with manufacturer
specifications.
Range Statement: Description by the use of diagrams showing components
and circuit operation.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Amplifier circuit operation is described in accordance with manufacturer
specifications.
Range Statement: Power transistor circuit, current limiting circuit, coil
impedance, ballast ignition.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of electronic dwell angle control.
Range Statement: Closed loop, open loop.
Page 84 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 2.1
Purpose and effects of dwell angle control are defined.
Range Statement: Providing high ignition energy, preventing misfiring at
high speed, improving fuel consumption, controlling emissions, developing
burn time.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The method of achieving dwell angle control by electronic control of
primary current using integrated circuitry (IC) is explained in accordance
with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Testing methods of dwell angle control are described in accordance with
manufacturer design specifications.
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of distributorless electronic ignition systems.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Circuit layout for a distributorless ignition system is described, and the
function of each main part defined, in accordance with manufacturer
specifications.
Range Statement: Spark plugs, ignition coils, sensors, electronic control
module (ECM), battery, ignition coil switching device.
Performance
Standard 3.2
HT distribution methods are described in accordance with manufacturer
specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – double ignition coils,
single spark ignition coils, four spark ignition coils.
Learning Outcome 4 Demonstrate knowledge of HT circuitry specifications in an electronic
ignition system.
Performance
Standard 4.1
The importance of spark plug specifications is explained in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Heat ranges, diagnosing face appearance, manufacturer
warranty, operation and condition of engine, alternative applications.
Performance
Standard 4.2
The importance of HT distribution system specifications in an electronic
ignition system is explained in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: HT leads, distributor caps, rotor, insulation, suppression,
alternative applications.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resource
Requirements
Training vehicle, ignition module, coil, distributor, sensor.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Page 85 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19001 Disassemble and reassemble a single cylinder or multi-cylinder
four stroke engine under supervision
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to gain experience on the mechanics of
engines. People credited with this NCS are, under supervision, able to
disassemble an engine, and reassemble an engine.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Disassemble an engine under supervision.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task according to
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, no damage to
equipment
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable the engine to
be disassembled according to the engine or vehicle manufacturer’s
instructions.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Engine assembly is inspected before disassembling to ensure exterior dirt
and oil are removed.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Engine assembly is secured on an engine stand so that it is safe.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Cylinder head and sump are removed in a manner that minimises damage to
parts and fasteners.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Parts and fasteners are stored in a parts tray suitable for the purpose.
Performance
Standard 1.7
Crankshaft and piston assembly or assemblies are removed from the engine
in the manner and sequence recommended by the engine or vehicle
manufacturer.
Performance
Standard1.8
Parts are laid out and tabulated for easy identification.
Learning Outcome 2 Reassemble an engine under supervision.
Performance
Standard2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task according to
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, no damage to
equipment.
Performance
Standard2.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable the engine to
be reassembled according to the engine or vehicle manufacturer’s
instructions.
Page 86 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard2.3
Oil and water passages are identified and the flow paths of lubricating oil
and coolant are determined according to the engine or vehicle
manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Engine components are assembled in the manner and sequence
recommended by the manufacturer, and all tightening torques strictly
adhered to according to the manufacturer’s specifications.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19002 Remove and replace road wheels in the motor industry
SQF Level I NCS Credit Value 1
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who are at pre-employment level or who have
recently started work in the motor industry. People credited with this NCS
are able to remove vehicle wheels, and replace vehicle wheels.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Remove vehicle wheels.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Types of wheels are identified.
Range Statement: Alloy, steel; car, light and/or heavy commercial vehicle.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Tools and equipment are selected to enable the wheels to be removed
according to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications and company policy.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – wheel brace, jack,
axle stands, puzzle nut, keys, air tools.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Wheel nuts are loosened and vehicle is raised and supported in the position
specified by the vehicle manufacturer.
Range Statement: Jack, hoist, stands.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Wheels are removed without damage to the vehicle, wheels, and threads of
the nuts or studs; relocation positions are marked; the wheels are checked for
damage.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Safe working practices are carried out throughout the tasks according to
industry requirements.
Learning Outcome 2 Replace vehicle wheels.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Vehicle is lowered with no injury to self or other people or damage to
vehicle.
Page 87 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER19003 Perform general servicing checks on a motor vehicle
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive service industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to carry out general servicing checks on a car or light
commercial vehicle, change the engine oil and filter, and interchange the
wheels.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Carry out general servicing checks on a car or light commercial vehicle.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task according to
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, equipment and vehicle
safety
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the check to be
carried out.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Protective covers are installed and used so that no grease, oil, and other
foreign matter are put on upholstery, carpets, mats, and vehicle exterior
during the service.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The exterior of the vehicle is inspected for condition and installation of
panels and attachments according to the vehicle manufacturer’s
specifications and legislative requirements, and any defects are noted and
reported to the supervisor.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – glass, bright metal trim,
decorative trim, paint, alignment of doors, bonnet and boot, operation of
Performance
Standard 2.2
Wheels are tightened to the torque specified by the vehicle manufacturer.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Safe working practices are carried out throughout the task according to
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety to others; vehicle, tools, and
equipment safety
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment method for this NCS is designed to ensure that edge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all
the Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 88 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
locks and safety catches, type size, condition and pressures of tyres, security
of wheel nuts.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Components under the bonnet are checked with the engine off, for fluid
level, leaks, tightness, and adjustment according to the vehicle
manufacturer’s specifications, and any defects are noted and reported to the
supervisor.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – radiator and hoses,
engine oil, power steering system, brake and clutch master cylinder,
windscreen washer, battery, manual transaxle oil, drive belts, cables.
Performance
Standard 1.6
The interior of the vehicle is inspected for adjustment and operation of the
controls, for condition and installation of panels and attachments according
to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications and legislative requirements, and
any defects are noted and reported to the supervisor.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – trim, seat belts, seats and
upholstery, steering wheel, horn, brake and clutch pedals, ignition switch and
steering lock, lights, wipers and washers, radio and/or tape player and/or CD
player, mirrors, windows, fuses. May include – security system.
Performance
Standard 1.7
The engine is started and brought up to normal operating temperature in
compliance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, and any necessary
checks are made in comparison with the vehicle manufacturer’s
specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – automatic transmission
oil level, idle speed, electric fan operation, leaks.
Performance
Standard 1.8
Components under the vehicle are checked for fluid level, leaks, tightness,
and adjustment according to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications and
legislative requirements, and any defects are noted and reported to the
supervisor.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – fuel and hydraulic lines,
drive shaft(s), manual transmission oil, differential oil, steering and
suspension components, exhaust system, handbrake cable and/or rods.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle operation and servicing procedures and detailed illustrations.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resources
Requirement
Training vehicles, complete tool box set of ring, open spanners, screw
drivers, sockets, pliers, filter wrenches.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Page 89 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19004 Diagnose and rectify faults in light commercial vehicles Anti-
Lock Brake System.
SQF Level V NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to: demonstrate knowledge of ABS fitted to cars and
light commercial vehicles; test a vehicle's ABS for faults; and rectify ABS
faults.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of ABS fitted to cars and light commercial vehicles.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The function and operation of a car and light commercial vehicle ABS are
described according to the vehicle manufacturer’s workshop manual
descriptions.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The major components are identified, and their function is described
according to the vehicle manufacturers’ workshop manual descriptions.
Learning Outcome 2 Test a vehicle's ABS for faults.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the tests to be
carried out.
Performance
Standard 2.3
No damage to circuit components and electronic devices occurs as a result of
using test instruments.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The total braking system is checked visually, and any obvious faults are
identified and rectified.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – fluid leaks, broken
and loose components, blown fuse, disconnected wires
Performance
Standard 2.5
The vehicle is road tested for brake operation in compliance with the Road
Code, and care is taken to avoid creating a hazard to self and other road
users.
Performance
Standard 2.6
The vehicle is operated to reproduce the fault symptoms and the symptoms
and the conditions when they occur are noted.
Performance
Standard 2.7
The circuit indicated by the self-test codes and its components is tested
according to the vehicle manufacturers' instructions, and the fault is located
and identified.
Learning Outcome 3 Rectify ABS faults.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, equipment and vehicle
safety
Performance
Standard 3.2
Any faulty ABS components are replaced according to the vehicle
manufacturer's specifications.
Performance Wiring faults are repaired, according to the vehicle manufacturer's
Page 90 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER19005 Identify the general locations and functions of motor vehicle
systems and main components
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people entering into Automotive service occupations or for
anyone who requires a general guide to the mechanics of the motor vehicle.
People credited with this NCS are able to identify the locations and layouts of
systems and main components on motor vehicles, and demonstrate knowledge
of the functions of motor vehicle systems and their main components.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Identify locations and layout of systems and main components on motor
vehicles.
Range Statement: Car, heavy commercial vehicle
Performance
Standard 1.1
Location of the engine on vehicles and layout of its main components are
identified according to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Standard 3.3 specifications, to restore full serviceability.
Performance
Standard 3.4
Fluid leaks are rectified, according to the vehicle manufacturer's instructions,
to restore full serviceability.
Performance
Standard 3.5
The system is bled of air following the vehicle manufacturer's instructions.
Performance
Standard 3.6
The road test is repeated to ensure that the braking fault has been rectified
Performance
Standard 3.7
Self-test system is rechecked after a road test to ensure that the braking fault
has been rectified.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resources
Requirement
Training vehicles, complete tool box set of ring, open spanners, screw
drivers, sockets, pliers, jack, hoist, air bleeder.
Suggested
assessment methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 91 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Range Statement: Cylinder block and/or barrel, cylinder head.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Locations of the drive train and transmission systems on vehicles and layout
of its main components are identified according to the vehicle manufacturer’s
specifications.
Range Statement: Manual clutch assembly, manual transmission, torque
converter (car, heavy commercial vehicle only), automatic transmission (car,
heavy commercial vehicle only), driveline, final drive assembly.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Layouts of body and chassis components on vehicles are identified according
to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Sub-frames, chassis members, seats and interior trim,
bumpers, body panels, (car, heavy commercial vehicle only)
Performance
Standard 1.4
Layout of braking system components on vehicles are identified according to
the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Brake pedal assembly, master cylinder, brake booster,
brake lines, disc and drum brake assemblies
Performance
Standard 1.5
Location of steering system assemblies on vehicles and layout of their main
components are identified according to the vehicle manufacturer’s
specifications.
Range Statement: Steering column assembly (car, heavy commercial vehicle
only), steering box (car, heavy commercial vehicle only), steering rack (car,
heavy commercial vehicle only), steering linkage assembly, wheel hubs.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Location of suspension systems on vehicles and layout of their main
components are identified according to the vehicle manufacturer’s
specifications.
Range Statement: Springs, pivots and ball joints, shock absorbers,
stabilisers
Performance
Standard 1.7
Locations of electrical systems components on vehicles are identified
according to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: battery, wiring loom, alternator, starter motor, headlights,
sidelights, tail lights, stop lights, indicator lights
Performance
Standard 1.8
Location and layout of fuel system components on vehicles are identified
according to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Assembly, injectors, fuel filters, air filter. carburettor,
intake manifold, fuel pump, fuel injection pump
Performance
Standard 1.9
Locations of engine cooling system components on vehicles are identified
according to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Direct air – air ducting, fan assembly; indirect air –
radiator, thermostat, water pump, fan assembly
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of the functions of motor vehicle systems and their
main components.
Performance The function of the engine and each of its main components are described
Page 92 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 2.1 according to textbook descriptions.
Range Statement: Cylinder block and/or barrel, cylinder head
Performance
Standard 2.2
The function of the drive train and transmission and each of their main
components are described according to textbook descriptions.
Range Statement: Manual clutch assembly, manual transmission, torque
converter, automatic transmission, driveshaft (propeller shaft), axle, final
drive assembly
Performance
Standard 2.3
Functions of braking system components are described according to textbook
descriptions.
Range Statement: Master cylinder, brake booster, disc and drum brake
assemblies, parking brake
Performance
Standard 2.4
Functions of steering system components are identified according to textbook
descriptions.
Range Statement: Steering column assembly, steering box, steering rack,
steering linkage assembly, wheel hubs
Performance
Standard 2.5
Functions of suspension system components are identified according to
textbook descriptions.
Range Statement: Springs, pivots and ball joints, shock absorbers,
stabilisers
Performance
Standard 2.6
Functions of electrical system components are identified according to
textbook descriptions.
Range Statement: Battery, wiring loom, alternator, starter motor, headlights,
sidelights, tail lights, stop lights, indicator lights
Performance
Standard 2.7
Functions of fuel system components are identified according to textbook
descriptions.
Range Statement: Carburettor, fuel injection pump, fuel pump, injector, fuel
filter, air filter
Performance
Standard 2.8
Functions of engine cooling system components are identified according to
textbook descriptions.
Range Statement: Radiator, thermostat, water pump, fan
Performance
Standard 2.9
Functions of body and chassis components on vehicles are identified
according to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Sub-frames, chassis members, seats and interior trim,
bumpers, glass, body panels (car, heavy commercial vehicle only)
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations.
Resources
Requirement
Training vehicles, complete tool box set of ring, open spanners, screw drivers,
sockets, pliers, jack, hoist
Page 93 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Suggested
assessment methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19006 Demonstrate knowledge of Manual Transmission
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to enter or are employed in the Automotive
repair industry. People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate
knowledge of manual clutch operation, and a manual transmission.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of manual clutch operation.
Range Statement: Single plate, multi-plate.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Components of a clutch assembly and its system are described according to
the vehicle and/or machine manufacturer’s manual descriptions.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Functions of a clutch are described according to the vehicle and/or machine
manufacturer’s manual descriptions.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The reasons why clutch adjustments to manufacturer’s specifications are
necessary are described according to the vehicle manufacturer’s manual
description.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of a manual transmission.
Range Statement: Inline and transverse
Performance
Standard 2.1
The components and general layout of a manual transmission are described
according to the vehicle and/or machine manufacturer’s manual descriptions.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The purpose of the transmission and the relationship between the input and
output speeds and torques, are described according to the vehicle and/or
machine manufacturer’s specifications and workshop manual descriptions.
Explanatory Notes Information on Automotive manual transmissions can be found from:
Training provider, industry workshop manuals; NUS library.
Resources
Requirement
Transmission such as Inline and Transverse, clutch, training vehicle.
Suggested
assessment methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Page 94 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19007 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive lubricants and sealants
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the motor and related industries. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of Automotive lubricants
and lubrication systems, and sealants.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of lubricants and lubrication systems.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Main functions of lubricants are described according to the lubricant
manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – lubricating, cooling,
preventing corrosion, cleaning, sealing.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Internationally accepted methods of grading and classifying oils and greases
are described according to the lubricant manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – oils by viscosity, API
classifications, gear oil classifications, greases by base element, and additives
by application.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Main functions of lubrication systems are described according to the vehicle
and/or machine manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – reducing friction and
wear, transferring heat, cooling, cleaning, reducing power loss, absorbing
shocks between moving parts, quieting operation, increasing life.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of sealants.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Main functions and properties of sealants are described according to the
sealant manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Types of sealants used are described according to the sealant manufacturer’s
specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – silicon, shellac, and butyl.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Types of gasket used are described according to the product manufacturer’s
specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – cork, fibre, nylon,
synthetic rubber, corrugated sheet.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Legislation relevant to this NCS includes but is not limited to Occupational
Safety and Health Act 2002.
Resource
requirements
Cork, fibre, nylon, synthetic rubber, corrugated sheet, SAE 30, 40, 140, ATF
fluid.
Suggested Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
Page 95 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
assessment methods given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19008 Demonstrate knowledge of Vehicle Braking System
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people entering into most Automotive service occupations or
for anyone who requires a general guide to the mechanics of the motor
vehicle. People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of
car and light commercial braking systems.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of car and light commercial braking systems.
Range Statement: Foot brake, parking brake.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Braking systems are identified according to the vehicle manufacturer’s
specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to: disc, drum; mechanical,
hydraulic, power assisted, anti-lock braking system (ABS).
Performance
Standard 1.2
Safety and technological enhancements to braking systems are identified
according to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – ABS, traction and stability
control, electro-hydraulic, electronic (brake-by-wire), automatic adjustment.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Components and layout of braking systems on a vehicle are described
according to the vehicle manufacturer’s workshop manual descriptions.
Range Statement: Master cylinder, brake fluid, brake booster, calipers,
wheel (slave) cylinders, pipes, hoses, electronic control, rotor, shoes, discs
and pads, adjustments, proportioning valve, pressure differential valve,
combination valve, warning systems, cables, and handbrake mechanisms.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Function of the brake systems and operation of each of the assembled systems
are described according to the vehicle manufacturer’s workshop manual
descriptions.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Operating principles of ABS and traction control (TC) are described
according to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of braking systems used on commercial vehicles.
Range Statement: Mechanical, air (pneumatic), air-over-hydraulic, electric,
electro-pneumatic, electronic.
Performance Braking system types used on commercial vehicles are identified according to
Page 96 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 2.1 the vehicle and/or machine manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Disc brake, drum brake and exhaust brake.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Operating principles of service braking systems are identified according to the
vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Operating principles of parking and emergency brake systems are identified
according to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Explanatory
Notes
Information on vehicle braking systems can be found in various
manufacturer’s manuals, textbooks, and technical papers. The following
sources may be useful:
For textbooks – contact your Training Provider and vehicle workshop
manuals.
Resource
requirements
Disc and drum brakes, training vehicle.
Suggested
assessment methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19009 Diagnose and rectify brake system faults on light vehicles
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to: test a braking system on a light vehicle for faults,
locate faulty parts of a braking system, and rectify braking system faults.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Test a braking system on a light vehicle for faults.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working and driving practices are observed throughout the task in
accordance with legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the braking
system to be tested in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Brake pedal operation is tested with the vehicle stationary and the engine
running.
Range Statement: Test for spongy pedal, pedal slow to return, excessive
pedal travel.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Test results are analysed in accordance with service information, to determine
the probable cause of the fault.
Page 97 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Learning Outcome 2 Locate faulty parts of a braking system.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
service manual requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety, workshop safety,
environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Range Statement: Vehicle positioning, raising and supporting; without
damage to vehicle, wheel, and threads of the wheel nuts or studs.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The hydraulic brake components are inspected in situ in accordance with
service information.
Range Statement: Fluid level and colour, condition of pipes and hoses,
leaking cylinders and valves;
May include but is not limited to – testing fluid boiling point.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The brake booster and associated hoses and valves are checked for operation
and damage in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – vacuum supply,
vacuum pump, operation of check valve, condition of hoses, booster
operation, brakes releasing properly.
Performance
Standard 2.5
The parking brake system is checked for worn, broken, corroded, bent, and
seized parts in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.6
The mechanical brake components are inspected in accordance with service
information.
Range Statement: Components include but are not limited to – shoes, pads,
springs, backplates, drums, discs, automatic adjusters and associated
components;
inspection includes but is not limited to – wear, scoring, runout, distortion, oil
and brake fluid on friction linings, embedded foreign material
Performance
Standard 2.7
Hydraulic cylinders are removed, disassembled, and inspected for wear,
scoring, corrosion, and damage in accordance with service information.
Learning Outcome 3 Rectify braking system faults.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 3.2
The hydraulic cylinders are assembled in the sequence and manner prescribed
by the manufacturer using replacement parts that meet vehicle manufacturer
specifications.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Faulty brake pipes and hoses are replaced in accordance with service
information.
Performance
Standard 3.4
Any faults in vacuum components are rectified to meet vehicle manufacturer
specifications.
Performance
Standard 3.5
The master cylinder is assembled in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 3.6
The brake assemblies are assembled in the manner and sequence prescribed
by the vehicle manufacturer to restore full serviceability and to meet vehicle
manufacturer specifications.
Page 98 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER19010 Service bearings and seals in vehicles or equipment
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This unit NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People
credited with this NCS are able to service bearings and seals in vehicles or
equipment.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Service bearings in vehicles or equipment.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – wheels, hubs, shafts,
support members;
caged, ball and roller, taper roller, solid, needle, thrust.
Performance
Standard 3.7
The vehicle's hydraulic braking system is bled of air in accordance with
vehicle manufacturer recommended bleeding procedure to ensure that no air
is present in the system.
Performance
Standard 3.8
Faults in parking brake components are rectified to restore full serviceability
and to meet vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 3.9
The brake shoes, pedal travel, and parking brake linkage are adjusted in the
sequence and to the specification prescribed by the vehicle manufacturer.
Performance
Standard 3.10
Wheels are refitted in a safe manner, and the nuts or studs tightened to the
torque specified by the vehicle manufacturer.
Performance
Standard 3.11
The braking system is retested, once repairs are completed, to ensure that no
faults remain in accordance with service information.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices
Resource
requirements
Disc and drum brakes, training vehicle, tool box with spanner, socket,
screwdriver, pliers set.
Suggested
assessment methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 99 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable the bearings to
be removed and refitted without damage.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Bearings are inspected in situ for condition in accordance with service
information.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – signs of overheating,
wear, vibration, water ingress, lack of lubrication, damage, noise, alignment,
fit on shafts and housings.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Bearings are cleaned, and where appropriate, washed and dried, in accordance
with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Bearings are inspected and replaced in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Inspection includes but is not limited to – signs of
scoring, wear, excessive loading, stress, water ingress, incorrect fitment.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Bearings are lubricated and refitted, and adjustments carried out as necessary,
in accordance with service information
Performance
Standard 1.7
Bearings operate in accordance with service information.
Learning Outcome 2 Service seals in vehicles or equipment.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – wheels, hub, driveshaft
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
workshop repair manual.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety
Performance
Standard 2.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable seals to be
removed and fitted without damage.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Seal faults and their causes are identified in accordance with service
information.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Seals are removed without damage to seal or surface in accordance with
service information.
Performance
Standard 2.5
Seals are cleaned, inspected for wear and damage, and replaced where
necessary in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.6
Seals are fitted without damage, and operate in accordance with service
information.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations.
Resource
requirements
Wheel bearing, wheel, hub, drive shaft.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
Page 100 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19011 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle Steering and Suspension
system
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to enter or are employed in the motor repair
industry. People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge
of vehicle steering systems, Automotive suspension systems, and steering and
suspension geometry.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle steering systems.
Range Statement: Rack and pinion, recirculating ball.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Components of steering systems and their positions on the vehicle are
described according to the vehicle and/or machine manufacturer’s workshop
manual descriptions.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Manual, power-assisted, and power steering systems and steering functions
are described according to the vehicle and/or machine manufacturer’s
specifications
Performance
Standard 1.3
Four wheel or all-wheel steering system layout is identified according to the
vehicle and/or machine manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Safety and technological enhancements to steering systems are identified
according to the vehicle and/or machine manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – cushion steering wheel,
collapsible column, fail safe, electronic stability and feel control, steer-by-
wire systems, automatic steering (agricultural equipment), brake steering
(heavy equipment), rear wheel steering.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive suspension systems.
Range Statement: Springs (coil, leaf, air), shock absorbers, torsion bar,
sway and stabiliser bars, control arms, struts, levelling systems
Performance
Standard 2.1
Kinds of suspension systems are identified according to the vehicle
manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Front, rear.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The operating principles of each suspension system are described according
to textbook descriptions.
Performance The components of each suspension system and their positions on the vehicle
Page 101 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER19012 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive cooling systems
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to enter or are employed in the Automotive
repair industry. People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate
knowledge of engine cooling system operation, and disposing of coolant.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of engine cooling system operation.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Method of heat transfer for an engine is described according to textbook
descriptions.
Range Statement: Radiation, conduction, convection.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The purpose of a cooling system is described according to textbook
descriptions.
Range Statement: Removing heat from the engine, maintaining an efficient
operating temperature for the engine, preventing damage to components
Performance
Standard 1.3
The operation and servicing of a direct air cooling system on an engine is
described according to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s workshop manual
instructions.
Standard 2.3
and/or machine are identified according to the vehicle and/or machine
manufacturer’s workshop manual descriptions
Performance
Standard 2.4
Function of suspension system components are described according to the
vehicle and/or machine manufacturer’s specifications.
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of steering and suspension geometry.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Steering and suspension geometry terms and their meanings are described
according to textbook descriptions, and the vehicle and/or machine
manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Camber, caster, toe, toe out on turns, jounce, rebound,
bump steer, steering angle inclination, included angle, scrub radius,
wheelbase, tracking, thrust line and angle.
Explanatory Notes Information on vehicle steering and suspension systems can be found in
various manufacturer’s manuals, textbooks, and technical papers.
Resource
requirements
Springs (coil, leaf, air), shock absorbers, torsion bar, sway and stabiliser bars,
control arms, struts, levelling systems
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment method for this NCS is designed to ensure that learners are given
every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant underpinning
knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 102 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Range Statement: Air flow principles, fins, ducting and shrouds, air fan, air
blower, thermostat control
Performance
Standard 1.4
The operation of an indirect air (coolant filled) cooling system on an engine is
described according to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s workshop manual
descriptions.
Range Statement: Coolant circulation, water jackets, water pump, fan
(mechanical, electric), drive belts, radiators, coolers, pressure cap, thermostat
Sender units and sensors, coolant reservoir, coolant mixture, hoses, frost
plugs.
Explanatory Notes Information on Automotive cooling systems can be found from:
Training provider, industry and/or dealer’s courses; vehicle workshop
manuals.
Resource
requirements
Coolant, water pump, fan (mechanical, electric), drive belts, radiators,
coolers, pressure cap, thermostat
Sender units and sensors, coolant reservoir, coolant mixture, hoses, frost
plugs.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment method for this NCS is designed to ensure that learners are given
every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant underpinning
knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all
Performance Standards.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19013 Service Automotive cooling systems
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to enter or are employed in the Automotive
repair industry. People credited with this NCS are able to service an indirect
(coolant filled) cooling system, and determine the condition of the coolant
and renew to specifications.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Service an indirect (coolant filled) cooling system.
Range Statement: Safe working practices are observed throughout the task
according to legislative requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Personal safety, safety of others, no damage to equipment, vehicle safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and workshop equipment are selected and used that enable the
cooling system to be serviced.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The coolant level is checked and, if necessary, topped up to the level as
indicated by the vehicle or engine manufacturer.
Page 103 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 1.4
The cooling system is pressure tested to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s
specified operating pressure, and pressure loss and leaks are located and
reported to the supervisor.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The hoses are inspected and any faults are located, hose leaks are rectified,
and faulty hoses are replaced with new ones of the vehicle or engine
manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.6
The radiator is inspected visually and any external faults are located and
reported to the supervisor.
Performance
Standard 1.7
The cooling fan is inspected and damage to the blades and hub is located and
reported to the supervisor.
Range Statement: Mechanical type, electrical type.
Performance
Standard 1.8
The operation of an electric cooling fan is checked in accordance with the
vehicle or engine manufacturer’s instructions, and faults are located and
reported to the supervisor.
Performance
Standard 1.9
A fan belt is checked for condition and a faulty one is replaced with a new
one of the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.10
Fan belt tension is checked and adjusted to the vehicle or engine
manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.11
A pressure cap is inspected and tested for serviceability.
Performance
Standard 1.12
A thermostat is inspected and tested for serviceability, and a faulty one
replaced with a new one that meets the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s
specifications.
Learning Outcome 2 Determine the condition of the coolant and renew to specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.1
The cooling system is flushed to remove all contaminants and in accordance
with the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s instructions
Performance
Standard 2.2
The cooling system is filled with the manufacturer's recommended coolant to
the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specified level.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The cooling system is bled of all air according to the vehicle or engine
manufacturer’s specifications.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box,
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Page 104 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19014 Demonstrate knowledge of cooling system operation, and
factors that affect system efficiency on vehicles.
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of cooling system
operation, and factors that affect cooling system efficiency on vehicles or
machines.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of cooling system operation on vehicles or machines.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The operation of vehicle or machine cooling systems is described in
accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Open (raw water) system, closed system; auxiliary
functions include but are not limited to-transmission cooling, brake cooling.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The importance of adhering to vehicle or machine engine specifications
regarding coolant type is explained in accordance with Service information
Range Statement: Engine compatibility, corrosion control, anti-freeze and
inhibitor protection, temperature range, compatibility with mixing different
coolants in the system.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The purpose and procedures for system flushing, bleeding, and pressure
testing on vehicles or machines are described in accordance with service
information and legislative requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The purpose and procedures for system flushing, bleeding, and pressure
testing on vehicles or machines are described in accordance with service
information and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – preventive maintenance,
contamination, corrosion control, aerated coolant, coolant loss; cleaning
compounds; disposal of coolant.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Engine temperature control methods are identified in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – coolant circulation, air
circulation, fans, thermostats, ducting, shutters, sensor controls, blinds
Performance
Standard 1.6
Fan operation for vehicles or machines is described in accordance with
service information.
Range Statement: One of-electric, pneumatic clutch, viscous drive
Performance
Standard 1.7
Cooling system corrosion control methods are described in accordance with
service information.
Page 105 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – sacrificial anodes, coolant
treatment and specifications, electrical grounding or bonding straps, bonding
bolts, conductivity of hoses
Performance
Standard 1.8
Types of engine protection systems and their operation in the event of cooling
system failure are described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – electronic monitoring,
sensors
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of factors that affect cooling system efficiency on
vehicles or machines.
Performance
Standard 2.1
The factors that affect cooling system efficiency are described in accordance
with service information.
Range Statement: Cooling system – direct air, indirect air;
Factors – normal operating conditions, abnormal operating conditions, when
an engine has not been operating for some time, poor maintenance, vehicle or
machine condition, engine condition, temperature
Performance
Standard 2.2
Engine cavitations, erosion, and corrosion problems affected by cooling
system operation are described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – action of system
components, coolant causing damage to engine components.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, water pump, radiator, thermostat, fan [electric, mechanical]
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19015 Demonstrate knowledge of basic tuning on a four stroke petrol
engine
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who are intending to enter or are in the Automotive
repair industry. People credited with this NSC are able to demonstrate
knowledge of: carrying out a pre-tuning visual inspection and service;
Page 106 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
servicing an ignition system; servicing the air and fuel filters; checking and
adjusting valve clearances; and checking and adjusting engine idle speed and
exhaust emissions.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of carrying out a pre-tuning visual inspection and
service.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices when tuning the engine are described according to
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, no damage to
equipment, vehicle safety
Performance
Standard 1.2
Procedures for visually inspecting the engine and cooling system are
explained according to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – oil, coolant, and fuel
leaks; overheating; driving belts tension and condition; loose and
disconnected wires and connectors.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Procedures to carry out a compression test are explained according to the
vehicle or engine manufacturer’s instructions.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Procedures to carry out a cylinder leakage test are explained according to the
equipment manufacturer’s instructions.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Procedures to carry out an engine vacuum test are explained according to the
equipment manufacturer’s instructions.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of servicing an ignition system.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Suitable tools and equipment to service the ignition system are described
according to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Procedures for removing, checking and refitting spark plugs are described
according to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – no breakage, ensuring no
foreign matter enters the plug holes; normal condition, sooted-carbon fouled,
oil fouled, formation of ash, partially melted electrodes, heavy wear on
ground electrode; adjustment.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Procedures for checking high tension (HT) and low tension (LT) are
explained according to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s instructions and
specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Procedures for checking the initial ignition timing described according to the
vehicle or engine manufacturer’s recommended procedure.
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of servicing the air and fuel filters.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Suitable tools and equipment to service the air and fuel filter are described
according to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specifications
Performance
Standard 3.2
Procedures for removing and replacing an air filter are described according
to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Procedures for removing and replacing a fuel filter are described according
to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specifications.
Learning Outcome 4 Demonstrate knowledge of checking and adjusting valve clearances.
Range Statement: Screw adjustment rockers
Performance Suitable tools and equipment for checking and adjusting valves are described
Page 107 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER19016 Carry out basic tuning on a four stroke petrol engine under
supervision
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to: perform a pre-tuning visual inspection and
Standard 4.1 according to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 4.2
Procedures for checking the valves for clearances, and adjusting them are
described according the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – engine temperature,
removing necessary components to gain access
Performance
Standard 4.3
Procedures for reassembling the engine and checking for abnormal
conditions are described according to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s
specifications.
Learning Outcome 5 Demonstrate knowledge for checking and adjusting engine idle speed and
exhaust emissions.
Performance
Standard 5.1
Suitable tools and test equipment for checking and adjusting engine idle
speed are described according to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s
specifications.
Performance
Standard 5.2
Procedures for measuring and adjusting engine idling speed are described
according to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specifications
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – engine at the specified
temperature, fast idle (under systems load), normal idle (at rest).
Performance
Standard 5.3
Procedures for measuring exhaust emissions are described according to the
vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – carbon monoxide (CO),
hydrocarbon (HC); engine at the specified temperature and speed.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Reference to suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools
and equipment that are recognised within the industry as being the most
suited to complete the task to a professional and competent manner with due
regard to safe working practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 108 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
service; service an ignition system; service the air and fuel filters; check and
adjust valve clearances; and check and adjust engine idle speed and exhaust
emissions.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Perform a pre-tuning visual inspection and service.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task according to
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, no damage to
equipment, vehicle safety
Performance
Standard 1.2
The engine and cooling system are inspected and any oil, coolant, and fuel
leaks, and any signs of overheating, are reported to the supervisor.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The driving belts are checked for condition and tension, and are adjusted to
the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Loose and disconnected wires and connectors are connected securely.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Oil, coolant, and electrolyte levels are topped up to the vehicle or engine
manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.6
A compression test is carried out to the vehicle or engine manufacturer's
instructions; the results are recorded and compared to vehicle or engine
manufacturer’s specifications, and reported to the supervisor.
Performance
Standard 1.7
A cylinder leakage test is carried out to equipment manufacturer's
instructions; the results are recorded and interpreted for each cylinder, and
reported to the supervisor.
Performance
Standard 1.8
An engine vacuum test is carried out to equipment manufacturer’s
instructions; the results are recorded and interpreted according to fault
finding charts, and reported to the supervisor.
Learning Outcome 2 Service an ignition system.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, no damage to
equipment
Performance
Standard 2.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable the system to
be serviced to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specifications
Performance
Standard 2.3
The spark plugs are removed without breakage, ensuring no foreign matter
enters the plug holes, and any signs indicating engine faults are reported to
the supervisor.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Spark plug face appearance is analysed according to the manufacturer’s
diagnostic charts.
Range Statement: Normal condition, sooted-carbon fouled, oil fouled,
formation of ash, partially melted electrodes, heavy wear on ground
electrode
Performance
Standard 2.5
Spark plugs are selected, adjusted, and fitted to the vehicle or engine
manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.6
HT (high tension) and LT (low tension) checks are made according to the
vehicle or engine manufacturer’s instructions and specifications, and any
faults found are reported to the supervisor.
Performance The initial ignition timing is checked using the manufacturer’s recommended
Page 109 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 2.7 procedure. The setting is compared to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s
specifications and reported to the supervisor.
Learning Outcome 3 Service the air and fuel filters.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable the system to
be serviced to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 3.2
The air filter is removed and checked for cleanliness
Performance
Standard 3.3
A replacement fuel filter is selected and fitted to the vehicle or engine
manufacturer’s specifications.
Learning Outcome 4 Check and adjust valve clearances.
Range Statement: Screw adjustment rockers
Performance
Standard 4.1
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable the valve
clearances to be adjusted to the vehicle or engine manufacturer’s
specifications.
Performance
Standard 4.2
The engine temperature specified by the vehicle or engine manufacturer is
obtained and the necessary engine components are removed to give access
for measuring the valves.
Performance
Standard 4.3
The valves are checked for clearance and adjusted to the vehicle or engine
manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 4.4
The engine is reassembled and run ensuring no abnormal condition as a
result of the job is present.
Range Statement: Oil leaks, coolant leaks, valve noise.
Learning Outcome 5 Check and adjust engine idle speed and exhaust emissions.
Performance
Standard 5.1
The engine speed is measured with the engine at the specified temperature
and loading.
Performance
Standard 5.2
The engine speed is adjusted according to the vehicle or engine
manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 5.3
The exhaust emissions are measured with the engine at the specified
temperature and speed, and the results reported to the supervisor.
Range Statement: Carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbon (HC).
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Reference to suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools
and equipment that are recognised within the industry as being the most
suited to complete the task to a professional manner with due regard to safe
working practices and competent.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box, voltmeter, tune scope.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Page 110 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19017 Demonstrate knowledge of petrol Fuel System
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to employ in the Automotive repair
industry. People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge
of petrol as an Automotive fuel, petrol combustion processes, and an
electronic fuel injection (EFI) system.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of petrol as a Automotive fuel.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The main differences between types and grades of petrol that are
commercially available are described according to the oil company
specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The means of identifying types and grades of petrol are described according
to the oil company specifications.
Range Statement: Octane rating, colour, commercial names
Performance
Standard 1.3
The use of fuel additives is described according to the product
manufacturer’s descriptions.
Range Statement: Upper cylinder lubricant, electronic fuel injection (EFI)
injector cleaner.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of petrol combustion processes.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Air-fuel mixture ratios and their effect on engine power, fuel economy, and
efficiency are described according to textbook descriptions.
Range Statement: Stoichiometric fuel mixture, lean air-fuel mixture, rich
air-fuel mixture.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Normal combustion processes within the engine’s combustion chamber are
described according to textbook descriptions.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Effects of abnormal combustion on engine performance are described
according to textbook descriptions.
Range Statement: Detonation, pre-ignition, dieseling, spark knock
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of an electronic fuel injection (EFI) system
Performance
Standard 3.1
Components of an EFI system are identified and their locations on a vehicle
are described according to the vehicle manufacturer’s workshop manual
descriptions.
Range Statement: Injectors, fuel rail, pressure regulator, air flow and air
pressure sensors, throttle position sensor, engine temperature sensor,
electronic control unit, fuel pump.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Functions of the parts of a fuel tank are described according to the vehicle
manufacturer’s workshop manual descriptions.
Range Statement: Expansion volume, anti-blowback, filler cap,
pressure/vacuum valve, filters, pick-up tube.
Page 111 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 3.3
Operating principles of an EFI system are described according to the
manufacturer’s manual descriptions.
Range Statement: Fuel supply, fuel metering and delivery, mixture
adaptation.
Performance
Standard 3.4
Safety precautions necessary when working on a vehicle with EFI are
described according to the vehicle manufacturer’s workshop manual
descriptions.
Care when working with and handling pressurised fuel lines, prevention of
petrol-rich fumes entering the catalytic converter.
Range Statement: Care when working with and handling pressurised fuel
lines, prevention of petrol-rich fumes entering the catalytic converter.
Explanatory Notes Information on Automotive petrol fuel systems can be found from:
Training provider, industry and/or manufacturer’s courses; vehicle workshop
manuals; Automotive mechanical and fuel system textbooks.
Resource
requirements
Injectors, fuel rail, pressure regulator, air flow and air pressure sensors,
throttle position sensor, engine temperature sensor, electronic control unit,
fuel pump, training vehicle, tool box.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment method for this NCS is designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19018 Demonstrate knowledge of an oxy-acetylene welding plant in
motor industry
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who are at pre-employment level or who have
recently started work in the motor body industry. People credited with this
NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of the oxy-acetylene welding
process in the motor industry, and welding faults.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of the oxy-acetylene welding process in the motor
industry.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Purpose of using an oxy-acetylene plant is explained according to the plant
manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – brazing, fusion welding,
soldering, low temperature brazing, heating metal, cutting.
Performance Plant operates is explained Principle of how an oxy-acetylene according to
Page 112 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 1.2 the plant manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – gas bottles, welding tips,
regulators, hose, cutting tips, heat range.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Safety precautions required for oxy-acetylene welding are described
according to the manufacturer’s instructions, company guidelines, and
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – personal safety, safety to
others, gas leaks, safety to vehicle and/or adjacent areas, workshop.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Procedures are explained when using an oxy-acetylene welding plant
according to the plant manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – brazing, fusion welding,
soldering, low temperature brazing, heating metal, cutting; metal
preparation.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Procedures for shutting down an oxy-acetylene welding plant are described
according to the plant manufacturer’s instructions.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Manufacturer’s instructions are identified to establish manufacturer’s
specifications for use.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of welding faults.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Welding faults and causes are described according to the plant
manufacturer’s specifications and company guidelines.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – undercutting, lack of
penetration, lack of fusion, excessive splatter, and irregular weld shape.
Explanatory Notes 1. Regulation
Legislation relevant to this NCS includes but is not limited to Occupational
Safety and Health Act 2002.
2. Definition
Company guidelines include workplace standards, practices, and procedures,
which must comply with current legislative requirements. It is assumed the
policy also meets product manufacturer’s specifications, recommendations,
and standards.
Resource
requirements
Oxy-acetylene plant.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 113 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER19019 Perform minor servicing tasks on a diesel fuel system
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to enter or are employed in the Automotive
repair industry. People credited with this NCS are able to remove and replace
diesel fuel injectors, remove and replace a fuel filter, and bleed air from a
diesel fuel system.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Remove and replace diesel fuel injectors.
Range Statement: Non-metering injectors.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task according to
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, equipment and vehicle
safety, high-pressure fuel safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools are selected for removing and replacing the injectors.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The injectors are disconnected and removed without damage to the injectors,
pipes, and connections.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Replacement injectors are installed and connected to the manufacturer’s
specifications.
Learning Outcome 2 Remove and replace a fuel filter.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Suitable tools are selected for removing and replacing the fuel filter.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The fuel filter element is removed without damage to the fuel casing and the
element, and any other componentry, and wasted fuel is disposed of in a
manner that will not cause a hazard.
Performance
Standard 2.3
A new filter element and gasket are selected, fitted, and tightened to the
manufacturer’s specifications, ensuring that dirt and moisture are kept out.
Learning Outcome 3 Bleed air from a diesel fuel system.
Performance
Standard 3.1
The need for bleeding air from a diesel fuel system is determined from the
nature of work undertaken on the system.
Performance
Standard 3.2
The task successfully. The fuel tank is checked to ensure sufficient fuel is
available to carry out
Performance
Standard 3.3
Air is bled from the system in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions and specifications.
Explanatory Notes 1. Regulation
Legislation relevant to this NCS includes but is not limited to Occupational
Safety and Health Act 2002.
2. Definition
Reference to suitable tools means industry approved tools that are recognised
within the industry as being the most suited to complete the task to a
professional and competent manner with due regard to safe working practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, Tool box
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Page 114 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19020 Demonstrate knowledge of hydraulic brake fluid, fluid
replacement and brake bleeding procedures
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to enter or are employed in the Automotive
repair industry. People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate
knowledge of hydraulic brake fluid, brake fluid replacement, and brake
bleeding procedures.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of hydraulic brake fluid.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The function of brake fluid in a hydraulic braking system is described
according to the vehicle or product manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The properties required of brake fluid are described according to the product
manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – dry boiling point, wet
boiling point, kinematic viscosity (how thick the fluid is), pH value (measure
of acidity), chemical stability, corrosion resistant, fluidity and appearance at
low temperature, evaporation, water tolerance, compatibility, resistance to
oxidation, effects on rubber, stroking properties (lubrication capability), fluid
colour.
Performance
Standard 1.3
US Department of Transportation (DOT) brake fluid ratings and their
application are identified according to the product manufacturer’s
specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – DOT 3, DOT 4, and DOT
5.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Handling precautions for brake fluids are described according to the product
manufacturer’s instructions.
Range Statement: Mixing fluid, shelf life, spills, effect on paintwork, sealed
container.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of brake fluid replacement.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Brake system inspection prior to replacing the brake fluid is described
according to the vehicle and/or machine manufacturer’s instructions.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Fluid removal procedure from the brake system is described according to the
vehicle and/or machine manufacturer’s instructions.
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of brake bleeding procedures.
Performance Brake system inspection prior to bleeding the brake system is described
Page 115 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 3.1 according to the vehicle and/or machine manufacturer’s instructions.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Methods of brake bleeding are described according to the equipment
manufacturer’s instructions.
Range Statement: Manual bleeding, pressure bleeding, vacuum bleeding.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Procedures to bleed the brake system are described according to the vehicle
and/or machine manufacturer’s instructions.
Range Statement: Manual bleeding, pressure bleeding, vacuum bleeding.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Reference to suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and
equipment that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to
complete the task to a professional and competent manner with due regard to
safe working practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19021 Remove and replace light vehicle brake pads and shoes
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to determine brake pad and lining condition, remove
brake pads and shoes from a light vehicle, and refit brake pads and shoes to a
light vehicle.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Determine brake pad and lining condition.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
workshop repair manual.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Visual A inspection is carried out to confirm the condition of the brake pads
and linings in accordance with company requirements.
Learning Outcome 2 Remove brake from a light vehicle, pads and shoes
Performance
Standard 2.1
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable braking
components to be removed in accordance with service information.
Performance Brake pads and brake shoes are removed in accordance with service
Page 116 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 2.2 information.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Brake parts and surrounding area are cleaned to enable a visual inspection to
be carried out in accordance with company requirements.
Range Statement: By cleaning with approved brake cleaning fluid, removal
of brake dust by vacuuming and/or washing.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The associated brake components are inspected in situ, and any signs of oil
and brake fluid leaks, damage, wear, perished hoses, and corrosion are noted
and reported to the supervisor in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.5
Discs and drums that require machining repairs are reported to the supervisor
in accordance with company requirements.
Learning Outcome 3 Refit brake pads and shoes to a light vehicle.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable braking
components to be fitted in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Components are refitted and adjusted in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Brakes are bled to vehicle manufacturer recommended procedure so that no
air exists in the hydraulic system.
Performance
Standard 3.4
No brake fluid is spilt from the master cylinder as a result of the task
Performance
Standard 3.5
Vehicle brake operation is checked for compliance to vehicle manufacturer
specifications and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: brake fluid level, brake pedal feel, road test performance;
points to note – stopping distance, pulling to one side, wheel skidding,
vibration at pedal, unusual noises, complete release of brakes.
Explanatory Notes 1. Regulation
Legislation relevant to this NCS includes but is not limited to – Occupational
Safety and Health Act 2002.
2. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NSC of study, learners must
meet all of Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Page 117 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19022 Demonstrate knowledge of fuel emissions, and vehicle emission
controls
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of fuel emissions, and
vehicle emission control systems and their components.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of fuel emissions.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Health and environment risks that transport fuel emissions pose are described.
Range Statement: climate change (global warming), ozone depletion, plant
and animal life, personal health risks.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Gases and by-products of combustion emitted by vehicles are described in
terms of exhaust emission composition and impact on vehicle performance.
Range Statement: Carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons (HC), oxides of
nitrogen (NOx), carbon dioxide (CO²), oxygen (O²), particulates.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle emission control systems and their
components.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – fuel injection systems
(including filters), air intake systems, exhaust systems, electronic engine
management systems, exhaust gas recirculation (EGR), evaporative and
purging systems.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Emission control systems and their components are identified in accordance
with service information
Performance
Standard 2.2
The principles and operation of emission control devices are explained in
accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The importance of regular maintenance to maintain or restore emission levels
specified by the vehicle manufacturer is explained in terms of reducing
pollutants into the environment and tangible benefits to vehicle owners.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Emission control system fault finding and repair procedures are identified
information from service manuals.
Explanatory Notes 1. Regulations
Legislations relevant to this NCS include but is not limited to:
2. References
Environment Act 1986; Ozone Layer Protection Act 1996; Petroleum
Products Specifications Regulations 2002; Land Transport Rule: Vehicle
Exhaust Emissions 2011.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, converter, exhaust gas recirculation.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
Page 118 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19023 Check and adjust vehicle front and rear wheel alignment
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to carry out a pre-alignment check on a vehicle, check
the steering angles of the front and rear wheels, and rectify incorrect front and
rear wheel alignment.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Carry out a pre-alignment check on a vehicle.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working and driving practices are observed throughout the task in
accordance with service manuals.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, equipment and vehicle
safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Information regarding vehicle steering symptoms and related alignment
problems is obtained from the customer and recorded for an analysis of the
fault(s) in accordance with workshop manuals.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Faulty vehicle steering symptoms are identified and noted in accordance with
company requirements.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – vehicle tracking
and/or pulling to one side, steering wheel position incorrect, wheel shimmy,
vibration and shake, abnormal noises, steering light and heavy, excessive road
shock, braking instability, poor returnability of the steering wheel, wander
and instability, tyre squeal and/or scuffing on turns, excessive body sway,
memory steer, bump steer, torque steer.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Visual inspection of a vehicle for steering faults is completed in accordance
with service information and Land Transport Rules.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – tyre condition, vehicle
height, steering linkage, ball joints, wheel bearings, bushes, struts and shock
absorbers, chassis damage, brakes dragging and leaking, constant velocity
(CV) joints and boots, steering box adjustment and centralisation, rack and
pinion adjustment and centralisation.
Learning Outcome 2 Check the steering angles of the front and rear wheels.
Range Statement: camber, caster, steering axis inclination (SAI), toe, toe-
out on turns.
Page 119 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 2.1
The vehicle is prepared for measuring the steering angles in accordance with
service information.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Suitable alignment equipment is selected and used to enable all steering
angles and measurements to be checked in accordance with vehicle
manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Steering angles and measurements are checked in accordance with service
information, and the need for adjustment is determined by comparison of the
results with the vehicle specifications.
Learning Outcome 3 Rectify incorrect front and rear wheel alignment.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Faulty components causing incorrect alignment are repaired and/or replaced
in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Incorrect wheel alignment angles and measurements are adjusted in
accordance with service information and company requirements.
Performance
Standard 3.3
The road test confirms that the vehicle's steering and tracking complies with
vehicle wheel alignment specification.
Range Statement: may include but is not limited to – over the same test
route as for the pre-alignment check, all steering related problems previously
noted during the pre-alignment check rectified.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the dealer.
Suitable alignment equipment means industry approved alignment equipment
that is recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete the
task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe working
practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box, camber, and caster.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19024 Dismantle, inspect, and overhaul vehicle manual steering boxes
and rack assemblies
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to dismantle, inspect, and overhaul a manual steering
Page 120 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
box and a manual steering rack assembly.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Disassemble and inspect a manual steering box and a manual steering rack
assembly
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the box and rack
assembly to be disassembled and inspected in accordance with service
information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The steering box and rack assembly are cleaned externally to prevent the
ingress of dirt and foreign matter during disassembly.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The steering box and rack assembly is disassembled, and seals, bearings, and
bushes are removed in the sequence and manner prescribed by the workshop
manuals.
Performance
Standard 1.5
All parts are inspected for wear, and those that are worn beyond manufacturer
service limits are replaced with new parts in accordance with service
information.
Learning Outcome 2 Overhaul a manual steering box and a manual steering rack assembly.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Any parts worn beyond manufacturer service limits are replaced with new
parts to manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Any parts that are damaged are replaced with new parts to manufacturer
specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Components of the steering box and rack assembly are assembled in the
sequence and manner prescribed by the manufacturer, using the replacement
parts, the specified lubricant, and the mandatory new parts.
Range Statement: Mandatory new parts include – bushes, bearings, seals,
lockwashers;
may include – boots (bellows).
Performance
Standard 2.4
Adjustments are carried out in accordance with service information
Range Statement: Steering box – end play and backlash of the steering gear
and cross-shaft;
rack assembly – bearing and rack preloads and clearances, pinion backlash
and adjustments.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Page 121 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Resource
requirements
Steering box, rack, tool box.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19025 Diagnose suspension and manual steering faults on light
vehicles
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to diagnose suspension and manual steering faults on
light vehicles.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Diagnose suspension and manual steering faults on light vehicles.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working and driving practices are observed throughout the task in
accordance with legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, tool and equipment
safety, vehicle safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Details of the fault are obtained from the customer and noted in accordance
with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.3
A visual check is carried out on components in accordance with Land
Transport Rules, and any defects noted in accordance with company
requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The vehicle is test driven, and the symptoms of any suspension and steering
fault(s) and the conditions when they occur are determined and noted in
accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The fault symptoms and the conditions when they occur are analysed, and a
likely cause is determined in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.6
The actual cause of the fault is investigated and identified in reference to
service information.
Range Statement: may include but is not limited to – worn parts, damaged
parts, lack of lubrication, parts out of adjustment, incorrect parts fitted.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Industry requirements refer to instructions to staff on policy and procedures
which are documented in memo or manual format and are available in the
workplace. These requirements include but are not limited to – company
specifications and procedures, work instructions, manufacturer specifications,
Page 122 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
product quality specifications.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box, and puller.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment method for this NCS is designed to ensure that learners are given
every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant underpinning
knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19026 Demonstrate knowledge of diagnosing and rectifying vehicle
power-assisted steering system faults
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of: a power-assisted
steering system; pressure and flow testing a power-assisted steering system;
and rectifying faults in a power-assisted steering system.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of a power-assisted steering system.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Components that make up the power-assisted steering system are identified in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – oil, reservoir, pump,
steering rack, steering box, hoses.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Components that make up the steering pump are identified in accordance with
service information.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of pressure and flow testing a power-assisted
steering system.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Procedures for preparing the vehicle for testing the power-assisted steering
system are described in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Procedures for testing the steering pump pressure and flow are described in
accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Procedures for analysing test results and comparing them with manufacturer
specifications are described in accordance with service information.
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of rectifying faults in a power-assisted steering
system.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Procedures for identifying faulty power-assisted steering components and
replacing them are described in accordance with service information and
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – oil, reservoir, pump
overhaul, steering rack and/or steering box, parts inspection.
Performance Priming and bleeding the power-assisted steering system is described in
Page 123 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 3.2 accordance with service information.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – topping up with the
specified hydraulic oil, testing.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box, power steering pump
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment method for this NCS is designed to ensure that learners are given
every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant underpinning
knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19027 Test, diagnose, and rectify vehicle hydraulic power-assisted
steering system faults
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to pressure test and diagnose faults in a hydraulic
power-assisted steering system, and rectify faults in a hydraulic power-
assisted steering system.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Pressure test and diagnose faults in a hydraulic power-assisted steering
system.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the system to be
pressure tested in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Information is obtained from the customer to help diagnose the fault and is
recorded in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The vehicle is road tested to verify the customer description of the steering
system fault.
Performance The steering system is inspected to identify any external faults in accordance
Page 124 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 1.5 with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.6
The steering pump pressures are checked and recorded in accordance with
service information.
Performance
Standard 1.7
The cause of any abnormal results is determined by analysing the test results
and comparing them with vehicle manufacturer specifications
Learning Outcome 2 Rectify faults in a hydraulic power-assisted steering system.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The power steering fluid is drained, collected, and disposed of in an
environmentally safe method in accordance with company requirements
Performance
Standard 2.3
Faulty power-assisted steering components are replaced, in a manner that
restores full serviceability, in accordance with service information
Range Statement: Reservoir, pump, steering rack and/or steering box.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The power-assisted steering system is primed and topped up with the
specified hydraulic fluid. All air is bled from the system in accordance with
service information.
Performance
Standard 2.5
The power-assisted steering system is tested to ensure compliance with
service information.
Performance
Standard 2.6
The vehicle is road tested to ensure the steering operation meets repair
manual requirements.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box, hoist, jack.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 125 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER19028 Overhaul a power steering pump
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to overhaul a power steering pump.
Classification Field - Engineering and Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Overhaul a power steering pump.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the pump to be
overhauled in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The power steering pump is cleaned externally to prevent the ingress of dirt
and foreign matter during disassembly in accordance with company
requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The pump is disassembled in the sequence and manner prescribed by the
manufacturer.
Performance
Standard 1.5
All parts are inspected for wear, and those that are worn beyond manufacturer
service limits are replaced in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.6
All parts are inspected for damage, and those that are damaged are replaced in
accordance with service information and legislative requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.7
The pump is assembled and adjusted to specification, in the sequence and
manner prescribed by the manufacturer, using new replacement parts, the
specified lubricant, and new seals.
Performance
Standard 1.8
The pump is tested to ensure compliance with manufacturer specifications.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, power steering pump, tool box.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Page 126 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19029 Rectify driveline faults on light vehicles and overhaul and
constant velocity joints (CV)
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to check and rectify faults in driveline components
fitted to light vehicles, and overhaul universal and CV joints.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Check and rectify faults in driveline components fitted to light vehicles.
Range Statement: Front and rear wheel drive.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
workshop repair manuals.
Range Statement: personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety, workshop
safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable drivelines to
be checked, and faults rectified, in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard1.3
Driveline components are checked in situ for wear and damage, and any faults
noted, in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: may include but is not limited to – shafts, joints, rubber
gaiters and seals, support bearings.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Phasing of the universal joints complies with vehicle manufacturer
specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Driveline installation angles are checked in accordance with service
information, and comply with vehicle specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.6
The driveshaft and its connecting flanges are checked for runout, and
remedial action is taken where runout is outside the maximum specified by
vehicle manufacturer.
Learning Outcome 2 Overhaul universal and CV joints.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable joints to be
overhauled in accordance with service information
Performance
Standard 2.2
The faulty shaft is removed from the vehicle, with due care being taken to
minimise spillage of oil, in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The joint is disassembled and cleaned to enable inspection of the parts for
damage and wear.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Suitability of the parts for further service is determined in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The joint is assembled in accordance with service information. Any faults are
rectified to meet manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.6
The assembled shaft is installed in the vehicle in accordance with service
information.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
Page 127 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, axle shaft, jack, hoist, puller, tool box.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19030 Demonstrate knowledge of light vehicle automatic
transmissions and their servicing requirements
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of automatic transmission
operation and their servicing requirements.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of automatic transmission operation.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Transmission construction is described in accordance with service
information.
Range Statement: Features, identification of components, layout of
components; inline, transaxle.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Transmission operation in each selection is described in accordance with
service information.
Range Statement: Parking range, reverse range, neutral, drive ranges.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Functions of components are identified in accordance with service
information.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – planetary gear sets,
hydraulic system, seals and gaskets, torque converter, shift control (computer
controls; non-computerised controls – governor, vacuum modulator, throttle
cable).
Page 128 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Learning
Outcome 2
Demonstrate knowledge of automatic transmission servicing requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.1
The importance of cleanliness when working with transmission components
is identified.
Range Statement: Contamination, precise machining tolerances and close
operating fits of components, damage and premature failure.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Faults which affect the transmission operation are described in accordance
with service information.
Range Statement: Contamination, leakage, incorrect adjustments, lack of
service, external factors.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Servicing requirements are described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Fluid change, adjustments, tests, visual inspection.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Resource
requirements
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19031 Carry out routine maintenance on automotive automatic
transmissions
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to: road test a vehicle to determine automatic
transmission operation; carry out a visual inspection on an automatic
transmission; change the fluid and filter in an automatic transmission; and
carry out service adjustments.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Page 129 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Learning Outcome 1 Road test a vehicle to determine automatic transmission operation.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe driving practices are observed in accordance with the Road Code.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Details are obtained and preliminary checks carried out before testing the
transmission operation in accordance with company requirements.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – customer concerns,
transmission type, transmission specifications, fluid type, fluid levels, correct
operating temperature, engine idle, general engine condition, brake operation,
vehicle condition, self-test codes.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The vehicle is tested in a stationary position for transmission operation in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Smooth selection of selector through all positions,
transmission creep, and inhibitor switch operation.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The vehicle is road tested to check transmission operation complies with
vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Selector lever operation, shift pattern, shift quality,
transmission noise. Light throttle checks, full throttle checks, kickdown,
uphill checks.
Performance
Standard 1.5
A report on transmission operation is made to the supervisor in accordance
with company requirements.
Learning Outcome 2 Carry out a visual inspection on an automatic transmission.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 2.2
A visual inspection is completed, and any defects noted and reported to the
supervisor, in accordance with company requirements.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – transmission cooling
system, leaks, mountings, linkage and inhibitor, damage, oil condition and
level, drive train.
Learning Outcome 3 Change the fluid and filter in an automatic transmission.
Performance
Standard 3.1
The fluid level is checked, and any variation from the full mark noted, in
accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 3.2
The fluid on the dipstick is inspected for condition, and a report made to the
supervisor, in accordance with company requirements.
Range Statement: Fluid colour, fluid odour, particles in the fluid, water
contamination.
Performance
Standard 3.3
The fluid is changed in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Draining the fluid, checking fluid colour, inspecting
amount and types of deposits in the oil pan, cleaning removed parts, refitting
parts, refilling the transmission with the specified fluid type, observing strict
cleanliness.
Performance Oil filters are renewed or cleaned in accordance with service information.
Page 130 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 3.4
Performance
Standard 3.5
Throw-away filters are renewed, gauze screens are cleaned.
Learning Outcome 4 A visual inspection for fluid leaks is completed, and the nature of any leakage
identified and reported to the supervisor, in accordance with company
requirements.
Performance
Standard 4.1
Service information is obtained before attempting any adjustment in
accordance with company requirements.
Range Statement: Type of adjustment, method of adjustment.
Performance
Standard 4.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the service
adjustments to be carried out in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: May include but not limited to – cables, bands, throttle
position sensor (TPS), vacuum (VAC) modulator, linkages, inhibitor switch,
engine idle speed, cooling system.
Performance
Standard 4.4
The vehicle is road tested in accordance with the Road Code, once
adjustments have been made, to confirm that the transmission operates to
vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, auto transmission ( inline, transverse), tool box.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19032 Remove and replace a light vehicle engine cam belt
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to remove a cam belt from a light vehicle engine, and
Page 131 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
fit a cam belt to a light vehicle engine.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Remove a cam belt from a light vehicle engine.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety, workshop
safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the cam belt to
be removed in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Engine components are dismantled in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Care is taken during disassembly to note and preserve any evidence that could
help in diagnosing the causes of faults, and to tabulate the parts for easy
identification in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Engine components are stored in parts trays to prevent loss and damage in
accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.6
The cam belt is removed from the engine in accordance with service
information.
Performance
Standard 1.7
The engine is protected against the disturbance of components that may alter
the engine timing setting.
Learning Outcome 2 Fit a cam belt to a light vehicle engine.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
company requirements.
Range Statement: personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety, workshop
safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable a cam belt to be
fitted to an engine in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Engine components are prepared and aligned to enable the belt to be fitted
without damage, and without time delay due to missing and damaged parts, in
accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Replacement components are obtained to enable the belt to be fitted in
accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.5
The engine is reassembled in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.6
Adjustments are carried out in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: torque settings, clearances.
Performance
Standard 2.7
The engine is tested to ensure it functions in accordance with manufacturer
specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.8
Ignition timing is checked in accordance with service information.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
Page 132 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, engine, torque wrench, tool box.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19033 Diagnose and rectify vehicle emission control system faults
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to diagnose and rectify faults in: vacuum and solenoid
operated emission control systems; an exhaust emission control system; and
an evaporative emission control system, on a vehicle.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Diagnose and rectify faults in vacuum and solenoid operated emission control
systems on a vehicle.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Emission test data is obtained in order to perform tests in accordance with
service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable control systems
faults to be diagnosed and rectified in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The vacuum and solenoid operated emission control system is inspected
visually, and obvious componentry faults are identified and rectified in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Loose and damaged hoses, wires, switches and solenoids.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The vacuum system is tested in accordance with service information, to
ensure that the vacuum supply meets manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Specified level at source and devices, at correct time.
Performance Vacuum devices are tested for operation in accordance with service
Page 133 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 1.6 information, and results noted.
Range Statement: Dashpots, diaphragm units, vacuum operated valves.
Performance
Standard 1.7
Solenoid operated switches and valves are tested for operation in accordance
with service information, and results noted.
Range Statement: Operation of device, supply of correct signal.
Performance
Standard 1.8
Temperature controlled switches and valves are tested for operation in
accordance with service information, and results noted.
Performance
Standard 1.9
Any remedial work necessary to rectify faults and their causes is carried out
to restore normal system operation in accordance with company requirements.
Learning Outcome 2 Diagnose and rectify faults in an exhaust emission control system on a
vehicle.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Emission test data is obtained in order to perform tests in accordance with
service information.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable emission control
system faults to be diagnosed and rectified in accordance with service
information.
Range Statement: either 4 or 5-gas analyser or on-board diagnostic
equipment, hand tools, workshop equipment.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The exhaust emission control system is inspected visually, and obvious faults
are identified and rectified in accordance with service information and
workshop requirements.
Range Statement: Loose and damaged pipes and mufflers, wires, flange
connections.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The exhaust emission control system is tested, readings are recorded, and
faults are identified in accordance with service information and legislative
requirements.
Range Statement: Either 4 or 5-gas analyser or on-board diagnostics, smoke
check, catalytic converter operation.
Performance
Standard 2.5
Faults in the exhaust emission control system are rectified to restore full
serviceability in accordance with service information and legislative
requirements.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – faulty components are
removed, and cleaned or replaced; leaks are sealed; blockages are rectified.
Performance
Standard 2.6
Self-test codes are cleared if required, and the vehicle is operated to ensure
the exhaust emission control system meets the manufacturer specifications.
Learning Outcome 3 Diagnose and rectify faults in an evaporative emission control system on a
vehicle.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Pipes and hoses connecting the evaporative emission control system
components are inspected for security, leaks, and blockages, and any faults
are rectified in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 3.2
The evaporative emission control system is inspected for damage, leaks, and
flooding and, if unserviceable, is replaced with a new part that meets
manufacturer specifications.
Performance The fuel tank is inspected for damage in accordance with service information,
Page 134 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 3.3 and the feasibility of repair or replacement is determined based on relevant
factors.
Range Statement: relevant factors include but are not limited to – type and
extent of repair, safety factors, cost of repair and outwork, availability and
cost of replacement, closed and open venting, hosing.
Performance
Standard 3.4
Any valves in the system are tested for satisfactory operation in accordance
with service information. Faulty valves are replaced to meet manufacturer
specifications.
Performance
Standard 3.5
The vehicle is operated to ensure the evaporative emission control system
meets company requirements.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Company requirements refer to instructions to staff on policy and procedures
which are documented in memo or manual format and are available in the
workplace. These requirements include but are not limited to – company
specifications and procedures, work instructions, manufacturer specifications,
product quality specifications, and legislative requirements.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19034 Diagnose and rectify faults in an engine flywheel ignition
system
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the motor industry. People credited with this NCS
are able to diagnose faults in flywheel magneto ignition systems and their
components, and rectify faults on a flywheel ignition system.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics.
Learning Outcome 1 Diagnose faults in flywheel magneto ignition systems and their components.
Range Statement: contact breaker (CB), capacitor discharge ignition (CDI).
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
workshop requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the system to be
tested in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
A test is made to determine if high tension (HT) is present at the spark plug,
and the result noted, in accordance with service information.
Performance The engine stop switch is tested to determine if it is operating correctly, and
Page 135 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 1.4 the result noted, in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The engine stop switch is tested to determine if it is operating correctly, and
the result noted, in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: specified type, size of spark gap, damaged insulation,
oiling, carbon fouling.
Performance
Standard 1.6
The flywheel is removed, inspected for damage, and the results noted, in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: cracks, breakage, key and keyway condition, magnet
strength.
Performance
Standard 1.7
The CB contacts, leads, and condenser are inspected, and their condition
noted, in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: lead – bare, frayed, broken;
contacts – burned, pitted, misaligned, rubbing block worn;
condenser – shorted, open circuit, wrong value.
Performance
Standard 1.8
The serviceability of the CDI module is determined in accordance with
service information.
Range Statement: by eliminating all other possible causes of the fault, by
use of test equipment.
Performance
Standard 1.9
The serviceability of the transistor control module is determined in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: by eliminating all other possible causes of the fault, by
use of test equipment.
Performance
Standard 1.10
The coil and HT lead are tested, and their condition noted, in accordance with
service information.
Range Statement: open and short circuits, resistance value, insulation,
security of terminals.
Learning Outcome 2 Rectify faults on a flywheel ignition system.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Component faults are rectified in accordance with service information to
restore full serviceability of the system.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The contact breaker in a CB system is assembled and adjusted to
manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The CDI control module is installed in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The ignition timing is adjusted, and the flywheel and coil are installed, to
comply with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The ignition system is tested to ensure correct operation in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Page 136 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19035 Diagnose and rectify faults in a common rail diesel fuel system
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive industry. People credited with this
NCS are able to diagnose and record faults in a common rail fuel system, and
rectify common rail fuel system faults.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Diagnose and record faults in a common rail fuel system.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety,
safety precautions when working with fuel at high pressure.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The symptoms of the fault(s) are verified and recorded in accordance with
service information.
Range Statement: Communication with the customer or driver, running the
engine to reproduce the fault(s), fault diagnosis chart, manufacturer
specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable faults to be
diagnosed in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The fuel system is tested following a logical systematic test procedure as
specified by the manufacturer.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – vehicle or machine
performance, engine miss, fuel quality, fuel leaks, actuator, pump, injectors,
adjustment, engine management system faults.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Faults identified from carrying out a test procedure are recorded, and
recommendations for repair based on these findings are reported.
Learning Outcome 2 Rectify common rail fuel system faults.
Page 137 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 2.1
Common rail fuel system faults are rectified in accordance with service
information and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – vehicle or machine
performance, engine miss, fuel leaks, actuator, pump, injectors, incorrect
system adjustments, engine management system faults, excessive emissions.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The engine is run to ensure the fuel system operation is within the
manufacturer specifications and meets legislative requirements.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19036 Tune and test a four stroke diesel engine
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 6
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to: carry out a four stroke diesel engine inspection and
rectify defects prior to tuning; carry out four stroke diesel engine tuning
procedures; and test four stroke diesel engine performances.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Carry out a four stroke diesel engine inspection and rectify defects prior to
tuning.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the engine to be
Page 138 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 1.2 inspected, and defects rectified in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The engine and cooling system are inspected in accordance with service
information. Any oil, coolant, and fuel leaks, and signs of overheating are
recorded.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Driving belts are checked for condition and tension in accordance with
service information, and are replaced and adjusted in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Loose or disconnected wires and connectors are connected or secured so that
full electrical conductivity is restored.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Oil, coolant, and electrolyte levels are topped up in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.7
Hoses and clamps are checked for condition and security, and are repaired or
replaced in accordance with service information to restore full serviceability.
Performance
Standard 1.8
Air and fuel filters are checked for condition, and are cleaned or replaced in
accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.9
Air pressure readings are measured and results recorded in accordance with
service information.
Range Statement: crankcase pressure, exhaust back pressure, air intake
restrictions.
Performance
Standard 1.10
Exhaust back pressure is checked, and faults are rectified in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.11
Fuel pressure is checked and compared to manufacturer specifications, and
any faults are rectified in accordance with service information.
Learning Outcome 2 Carry out four stroke diesel engine tuning procedures.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Fuel primary and secondary filters are changed in accordance with service
information, and are assembled with new seals ensuring no air can enter, or
fuel leak from the system.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The type of pump coupling is identified from service information.
Range Statement: Adjustable, non-adjustable, automatic advance.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Pump coupling and drive train are checked for security and alignment, any
discrepancies are rectified in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Backlash in the drive train is checked and any excess beyond the
manufacturer’s permitted maximum is rectified by adjustment or replacement
of worn parts in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.5
The diesel fuel injection pump is timed to the engine in accordance with
service information.
Performance
Standard 2.6
Engine is run to ensure the injection pump operates in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: checks – security, performance, no leaks, drive train
aligned, pipes and fittings secure, no air in system.
Performance
Standard 2.7
Low and high idle governed speed are set in accordance with manufacturer
specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.8
Engine idle speed is set in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.9
Supplementary governing device (if fitted) is adjusted in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Performance Exhaust emissions are checked and readings meet legislative requirements
Page 139 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 2.10 and manufacturer specifications.
Learning Outcome 3 Test four stroke diesel engine performance.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Engine is operated until the optimum operating temperature is reached as in
accordance with manufacturer instructions before any tests are carried out.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Engine is tested replicating its normal usage in accordance with service
information, and the test results are recorded in accordance with company
requirements.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards
documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19037 Dismantle and inspect, overhaul and reassemble an automatic
transmission or transaxle assembly from a light vehicle.
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 8
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to dismantle and inspect, overhaul, and reassemble, an
automatic transmission or automatic transaxle assembly from a light vehicle.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Dismantle and inspect an automatic transmission or automatic transaxle
assembly from a light vehicle.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance The transmission is cleaned externally in order to prevent the ingress of dirt
Page 140 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 1.2 and foreign matter during disassembly in accordance with company
requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the transmission
to be dismantled in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The torque converter is removed, drained, and inspected, and any faults
noted, in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Noisy operation, welds, bearing and sealing surfaces,
one-way clutch operation.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The torque converter mounting plate and starter ring gear are inspected, and
any damage noted, in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.6
The environment where the transmission is to be dismantled is inspected for
cleanliness, to ensure that no dust or foreign matter will affect the
components, in accordance with company requirements.
Range Statement: Personal cleanliness, workshop environment, tools and
equipment.
Performance
Standard 1.7
The transmission is disassembled in the sequence and manner prescribed by
the vehicle manufacturer. Signs that could indicate causes of faults are
identified and noted.
Performance
Standard 1.8
Any electronic control mechanisms are stored to prevent ingress of foreign
matter or damage.
Performance
Standard 1.9
Sub-assemblies are disassembled and cleaned to remove all traces of foreign
matter in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – pump, servos, clutches,
governor, valve body, gear sets.
Performance
Standard 1.10
All the transmission components are inspected for wear, damage, blockage of
passageways, and any faults noted, in accordance with service information.
Learning Outcome 2 Overhaul an automatic transmission or automatic transaxle assembly from a
light vehicle.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable the
transmission to be overhauled in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The environment where the transmission is to be overhauled is inspected for
cleanliness, to ensure that no dust or foreign matter will affect the
components, in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Transmission or transaxle assembly faults found as a result of dismantling
and inspecting components and circuits are rectified to meet manufacturer
specifications.
Learning Outcome 3 Reassemble an automatic transmission or automatic transaxle assembly from
a light vehicle.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
Page 141 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety. Range
personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety, workshop safety,
environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 3.2
The environment where the transmission is to be reassembled is inspected for
cleanliness, to ensure that no dust or foreign matter will affect the
components, in accordance with company requirements.
Range Statement: personal cleanliness, workshop environment, tools and
equipment.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable the
transmission to be reassembled in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 3.4
The transmission is assembled in the sequence and manner prescribed by the
manufacturer. Any clearances and preloads are adjusted to comply with
manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 3.5
Specific fluid type is used to comply with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 3.6
An air pressure test and any electronic tests are conducted in accordance with
service information to confirm correct assembly after overhaul.
Performance
Standard 3.7
Tools and equipment are cleaned and put away after use in accordance with
company requirements.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19038 Prepare and overhaul a final drive assembly from a light
vehicle
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 6
NCS Purpose This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
Page 142 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Statement with this NCS are able to prepare to overhaul a final drive assembly from a
light vehicle, and overhaul a final drive assembly from a light vehicle.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Prepare to overhaul a final drive assembly from a light vehicle.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Crownwheel and pinion backlash, and the preload of the pinion and
differential bearings are measured and noted, and tooth markings are taken to
determine pinion depth of mesh, in accordance with service information.
Learning Outcome 2 Overhaul a final drive assembly from a light vehicle.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable a final drive
assembly to be overhauled in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The final drive assembly is disassembled in the sequence and manner
prescribed by the manufacturer, and any signs that could indicate the causes
of any faults are noted in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The component parts are examined, and signs of wear and damage identified
and noted, in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.5
The information gained by inspecting the final drive assembly is analysed to
determine the causes of any faults, and a recommendation is made to
eliminate the problem in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.6
Parts not suitable for further service are replaced with serviceable parts that
meet manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.7
The final drive unit is assembled in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.8
The pinion depth, mesh, backlash, and bearing preloads are adjusted and
checked to ensure that they comply with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.9
The final drive assembly is filled with oil to the specification and level
prescribed by the manufacturer.
Performance
Standard 2.10
The vehicle is tested to verify that the final drive operates in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
Page 143 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19039 Overhaul a manual transmission on a light vehicle
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to remove a manual transmission from a light vehicle,
and overhaul a manual transmission on a light vehicle.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Remove a manual transmission from a light vehicle.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working and driving practices are observed throughout the task in
accordance with legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The results of tests are interpreted in accordance with manufacturer
specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Transmission is removed from the vehicle in accordance with service
information.
Learning Outcome 2 Overhaul a manual transmission on a light vehicle.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The transmission is cleaned externally to prevent the ingress of dirt and
foreign matter during disassembly in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the transmission
to be overhauled in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The transmission is disassembled, and signs that could indicate causes of
faults identified and noted, in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.5
All transmission components are cleaned and inspected for wear, damage, and
blockage of passageways, and any faults are rectified in accordance with
service information.
Performance
Standard 2.6
The transmission is assembled in accordance with service information. Any
clearances and preloads are adjusted to comply with manufacturer
specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.7
The transmission is replaced on the vehicle, and any further adjustments are
carried out, in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.8
The vehicle is road tested to ensure the operation of the transmission is in
accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Page 144 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19040 Remove and replace motor vehicle supplementary restraint
systems
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 6
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who work in the motor vehicle repair industry.
People credited with this NCS are able to: remove and store an air bag; fit an
air bag module in a vehicle; remove a seatbelt pre-tensioner from a vehicle;
and fit a seatbelt pre-tensioner.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Remove and store an air bag.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Tools, materials, and equipment that enable the air bag to be removed are
selected and used in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Safe working practices are carried out throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety; safety of other people; vehicle safety;
workshop safety; environmental safety; tool, equipment, and machine safety.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Steering is set in the straight ahead position before removal of the air bag, and
the battery terminals are disconnected in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Air bag module is removed without damage to vehicle in accordance with
service information requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Air bag components are checked for damage in accordance with service
information, and new components are procured to enable them to be replaced
in accordance with vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Page 145 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Range Statement: may include but is not limited to – sensors, diagnosis
unit, air bag module, harness connectors, clock spring, steering wheel,
steering column, body wiring harness.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Air bag module is stored in accordance with service information and
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: new, existing. Clean dry cool area; no water, oil, grease,
or contamination on air bag; temperature under 80°C; sealed bag.
Performance
Standard 1.7
Tools and equipment are cleaned and put away, and the work area is cleaned
in accordance with company requirements.
Learning Outcome 2 Fit an air bag module in a vehicle.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Tools, materials, and equipment that enable the air bag to be fitted are
selected and used in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Air bag components are checked for damage, and damaged components are
replaced and operate in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: may include but is not limited to – sensors, diagnosis
unit, air bag module, harness connectors, clock spring, steering wheel,
steering column, body wiring harness, intermediate joint.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Retaining bolts, nuts, and fixings for air bag and diagnostic system are
replaced or reused in accordance with vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Air bag module is fitted without damage to vehicle in accordance with service
information. All systems are checked and operate in accordance with vehicle
manufacturer specifications and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – no binding wiring, clock
spring tension, warning light operation, battery terminals connected, wiring
connected, locking device set, self-diagnostic system.
Performance
Standard 2.5
Tools and equipment are cleaned and put away, and the work area is cleaned
in accordance with company requirements.
Learning Outcome 3 Remove a seatbelt pre-tensioner from a vehicle.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Tools, materials, and equipment that enable the pre-tensioner to be removed
are identified and used in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Parts and fittings that interfere with seatbelt pre-tensioner removal are
removed in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: trim, belt, sensor locked, anchor.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Seatbelt pre-tensioner is removed without damage to vehicle in accordance
with service information, and is stored or disposed of in accordance with
company requirements.
Performance
Standard 3.4
Seatbelts and buckles are checked for damage in accordance with service
information, and are replaced with belts and buckles that comply with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: may include but is not limited to – damaged webbing,
broken and/or pulled threads, cut loops at belt edge, bowed webbing, colour
fading of material; retractor not locking, retractor locked, does not retract.
Performance
Standard 3.5
Seatbelt anchoring points are checked for damage in accordance with service
information and legislative requirements.
Performance Tools and equipment are cleaned and put away, and the work area is cleaned
Page 146 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 3.6 in accordance with company requirements.
Learning Outcome 4 Fit a seatbelt pre-tensioner.
Performance
Standard 4.1
Tools, materials, and equipment are selected and used in accordance with
service information.
Performance
Standard 4.2
Seatbelt anchoring points and centre pillar are inspected to ensure they are
undamaged in accordance with vehicle manufacturer specifications and
legislative requirements.
Performance
Standard 4.3
Seatbelt pre-tensioner is fitted in accordance with service information and
legislative requirements.
Performance
Standard 4.4
Parts and fittings are fitted in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: trim, belt, sensor locked, anchor.
Performance
Standard 4.5
Safe working practices are carried out throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: personal safety; safety of other people; vehicle safety;
workshop safety; environmental safety; tool, equipment, and machine safety.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Company requirements refer to instructions to staff on policy and procedures
which are documented in memo or manual format and are available in the
workplace. These requirements include but are not limited to – company
specifications and procedures, work instructions, manufacturer specifications,
product quality specifications,
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19041 Diagnose four-wheel drive (4WD) or all-wheel drive (AWD)
system faults on light vehicles
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to diagnose 4WD or AWD system faults on light
vehicles.
Page 147 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Diagnose 4WD or AWD system faults on light vehicles.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable faults to be
diagnosed in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Details of the fault are obtained from the customer and noted in accordance
with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Service information is obtained that will enable reference to manufacturer
settings and specifications as an aid to diagnosis.
Performance
Standard 1.5
A visual check is carried out on the system, and any defects noted, in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – oil leaks, damage, loose
fittings, oil appearance and condition.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Diagnostic tests are carried out in, and any abnormal readings or functions
noted, in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.7
The vehicle is operated, and the nature of any faults determined, in
accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.8
The test results are analysed in accordance with service information, to
determine the probable causes of any faults found.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 148 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER19042 Diagnose and rectify faults in vehicle or machine engine
cooling systems SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 5
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to diagnose vehicle or machine engine cooling system
faults and requirements, and rectify vehicle or machine engine cooling
system faults.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Diagnose vehicle or machine engine cooling system faults and requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable cooling system
faults to be diagnosed in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Details concerning the symptoms of any cooling system faults are obtained
in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Factors that influence cooling system performance are identified and
checked in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: may include but is not limited to – driving or operating
conditions, engine condition, vehicle performance and condition, lack of
maintenance.
Performance
Standard 1.5
A visual inspection of the cooling system is performed, all faults are
identified and recorded, and any minor servicing faults are rectified in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: may include but is not limited to – coolant, leaks,
pulleys, belt tension, blinds, shrouds, ducting, air fan, air blower, hoses,
piping, caps.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Cooling system is tested and faults located in accordance with service
information.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – air flow and air
circulation, coolant concentration (pH level or specific gravity) and
circulation, coolant temperature, pressure loss and leakage, thermostat
operation, coolant blockages, corrosion, water pump operation, sensor
operation, fan operation, signs of overheating.
Performance
Standard 1.7
Cooling system corrosion control methods are identified and checked in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – sacrificial anodes,
coolant treatment and specifications, electrical grounding or bonding straps,
bonding bolts, conductivity of hoses.
Performance
Standard 1.8
The vehicle or machine is operated to reproduce the symptoms of the faults,
and all relevant details concerning the symptoms and the conditions when
they occur are identified and recorded in accordance with company
requirements.
Page 149 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 1.9
Efficiency tests are carried out on the cooling system, and any faults and
their causes are identified and recorded in accordance with company
requirements.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – air flow and air
circulation, coolant circulation, coolant temperature, coolant specifications,
pressure loss, pressure cap operation.
Learning Outcome 2 Rectify vehicle or machine engine cooling system faults.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable cooling
system faults to be repaired in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The coolant mixture is tested to ensure that it conforms to vehicle or machine
engine manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Coolant concentration is corrected to ensure conformity with vehicle or
machine engine manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.5
Coolant leaks, and their causes, are repaired to restore full serviceability of
the cooling system in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – engine internal
components (seals, gaskets, plugs, removable jackets and tubes), radiator,
heater, frost plugs, connections and gaskets, water pump, hoses, housings,
valves and taps.
Performance
Standard 2.6
Air in the cooling system is expelled by bleeding the system in accordance
with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.7
Corroded, eroded, damaged, and worn components that affect normal
cooling system operation are replaced in accordance with service
information.
Range Statement: may include but is not limited to – radiator, heater core,
engine oil cooler, transmission oil cooler, engine water jacket components
and gaskets, water pump, hoses, housings, thermostat, valves and taps.
Performance
Standard 2.8
Blockages in any coolant passages are cleared without damage to
components.
Range Statement: System flush, removal and cleaning of components.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Page 150 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19043 Rectify four-wheel drive (4WD) or all-wheel drive (AWD)
system faults on light vehicles
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to rectify 4WD or AWD system faults on light
vehicles.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Rectify 4WD or AWD system faults on light vehicles.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used that enable faults to be
rectified in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The vehicle is raised and secured to enable work to be carried out on the
system in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The system is disassembled and cleaned in accordance with service
information.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The parts are inspected for damage and wear, and their suitability for further
service is determined when compared with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.6
The system is assembled in accordance with service information. Any faults
are rectified, and adjustments made to meet manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: New or existing parts.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
Page 151 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
2. Other Information
Vehicle manufacturers use various terms for 4WD. Many vehicles are
offered with a combination of the systems outlined in this NCS. For the
purpose of this NCS, 4WD refers to either part time or full time, and AWD
refers to full time symmetric or automatic asymmetric systems.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19044 Diagnose and rectify faults in a carburetted petrol fuel system
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to: diagnose carburetted fuel system faults and their
causes; rectify carburetted fuel system faults and their causes; and diagnose
and rectify air intake system faults.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Diagnose carburetted fuel system faults and their causes.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – poor performance,
poor starting, and excessive fuel consumption.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the fuel system
tests to be carried out in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The vehicle is operated to reproduce the symptoms of the fault, and all the
relevant details concerning the symptoms and the conditions when they
occur are identified and noted in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The fault symptoms, conditions when they occur, and any test results are
analysed in accordance with service information, and a likely cause is
determined.
Learning Outcome 2 Rectify carburetted fuel system faults and their causes.
Performance Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable faults and their
Page 152 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 2.1 causes to be rectified in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Precautions are taken to avoid fire and inhalation of petrol fumes, and to
minimise contact of petrol with skin, in accordance with legislative
requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.4
A carburettor is disassembled without damage to parts in accordance with
service information.
Performance
Standard 2.5
The carburettor parts are examined, and any damage, wear and deterioration
identified in accordance with service information or company requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.6
Unserviceable carburettor parts are replaced in accordance with company
requirements. The carburettor is assembled and adjusted in accordance with
manufacturer instructions.
Performance
Standard 2.7
The inlet and outlet pressures of the fuel pump are tested and compared with
specifications, and the serviceability of the pump is determined in
accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.8
A replacement fuel pump that meets manufacturer specifications is fitted in a
manner that restores full serviceability of the system.
Performance
Standard 2.9
Fuel blockages and restrictions are cleared to restore normal fuel flow rate in
accordance with company requirements.
Learning Outcome 3 Diagnose and rectify air intake system faults.
Performance
Standard 3.1
The air intake system is tested, and all functional defects identified, in
accordance with service information or company requirements.
Range Statement: Damaged or unserviceable parts, loose parts, leaks,
blockages and restrictions.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Non-repairable unserviceable parts are replaced to meet manufacturer
specifications and legislative requirements.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Faults are rectified to restore full serviceability in accordance with service
information or company requirements.
Performance
Standard 3.4
All joints are sealed to be airtight in accordance with company requirements.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
Page 153 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the
NCS.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19045 Service and rectify faults in an Automotive air conditioning
system
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 7
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to service and rectify faults in an Automotive air
conditioning system.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Service an Automotive air conditioning system.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
company requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety, safety
precautions when working with refrigerants.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the service
work to be carried out in accordance with manufacturer specifications,
legislative requirements and the code of practice.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Refrigerant is recovered from the system, and stored in a manner that
complies with the code of practice, recovery station equipment instructions
and legislative requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The system is evacuated and then charged to the specified level with a
refrigerant and compressor oil that complies with the code of practice and
company requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The need to replace the filter-drier is determined in accordance with service
information.
Performance
Standard 1.6
The filter-drier is replaced in compliance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.7
The cabin pollen filter is replaced in compliance with service information.
Learning Outcome 2 Rectify faults in an Automotive air conditioning system.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
company requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety, safety
precautions when working with refrigerants.
Performance Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable system repairs
Page 154 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 2.2 to be carried out in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Joints and connections are repaired and assembled with recommended oil to
eliminate any leaks, in a manner that complies with the Code of Practice,
legislative requirements and service information.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Faulty refrigeration components are repaired or replaced to restore full
serviceability of the system, in a manner that complies with the Code of
Practice, legislative requirements and service information.
Performance
Standard 2.5
Faulty electrical wiring and components are repaired or replaced to restore
full serviceability of the system, in a manner that complies with the Code of
Practice and service information.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Company requirements refer to instructions to staff on policy and procedures
which are documented in memo or manual format and are available in the
workplace. These requirements include but are not limited to – company
specifications and procedures, work instructions, manufacturer
specifications, product quality specifications, and legislative requirements.
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19046 Remove and install an engine assembly from and to a light
vehicle
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to: remove an engine assembly from a light vehicle;
prepare an engine compartment of a light vehicle for engine assembly
installation; and install an engine assembly in a light vehicle.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Page 155 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Learning Outcome 1 Remove an engine assembly from a light vehicle.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
manufacturer requirements.
Range Statement: personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the engine
assembly to be removed in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The bonnet and battery of the light vehicle are removed and stored without
damage to components, spillage of acid, and arcing at terminals, in
accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The light vehicle is raised to allow access to the underneath areas of the
engine, and supported to make it safe to work under, in accordance with
company requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The coolant, engine, and transmission oils are drained, collected, and
disposed of, and the air conditioning refrigerant recovered in accordance
with legislative requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Driveshafts are removed from the transmission in accordance with service
information.
Performance
Standard 1.7
Services and controls are disconnected from the engine and transmission
assembly, without damage to parts, in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: may include but is not limited to – exhaust system, gear
linkage, air cleaner or filter, fuel system controls, electrical connections,
vacuum hoses, clutch controls, water hoses, oil cooler hoses, power steering
and air conditioning systems.
Performance
Standard 1.8
Components that could hamper engine removal are removed and stored
without damage in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – pumps, radiator, and
coolers.
Performance
Standard 1.9
A lifting fixture is attached to the engine, to ensure that it will take the
weight of the engine assembly without damage to the fixture and engine, in
accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.10
The engine assembly is supported with lifting equipment, the engine and
transmission mounts are removed, and the engine assembly is removed from
the light vehicle in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.11
The engine assembly is lowered into a secure position, and the lifting fixture
is removed without damage to the assembly.
Learning Outcome 2 Prepare an engine compartment of a light vehicle for engine assembly
installation.
Performance
Standard 2.1
The engine compartment is cleaned of unwanted dirt, oil, and grease, without
damage to electrical and other components from water, solvents, and
detergents in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Faults in electrical connectors and wires are rectified to restore full
serviceability in accordance with company requirements.
Learning Outcome 3 Install an engine assembly in a light vehicle.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the engine
assembly to be installed in accordance with company requirements.
Performance A lifting fixture is attached to the engine to ensure that it will take the weight
Page 156 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 3.2 of the engine assembly without damage to the fixture and engine in
accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 3.3
The engine, or engine and transmission assembly, is raised with suitable
lifting equipment, lowered into the engine compartment of the vehicle, and
secured in position on its mounts in a safe manner without damage in
accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 3.4
The mounts are neutralised before being tightened to the torque specified by
the manufacturer.
Performance
Standard 3.5
The lifting fixture is removed without damage to the assembly and the
vehicle in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 3.6
All components previously removed during removal of the engine assembly
are refitted without damage to components in accordance with service
information.
Performance
Standard 3.7
The driveshafts or axle shafts are fitted in accordance with service
information.
Performance
Standard 3.8
The cooling system is filled with coolant in accordance with manufacturer
specifications, and the system is checked to ensure that there are no leaks.
Performance
Standard 3.9
The engine and transmission are filled with oils in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 3.10
The vehicle is lowered to the ground without damage to the vehicle in
accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 3.11
A serviceable battery is fitted and connected without damage to parts,
spillage of acid, and arcing at terminals, in accordance with company
requirements.
Performance
Standard 3.12
The bonnet is fitted without damage to parts or paintwork, and adjusted to
ensure it is properly aligned in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 3.13
The engine is started, warmed-up, and adjusted in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Company requirements refer to instructions to staff on policy and procedures
which are documented in memo or manual format and are available in the
workplace. These requirements include but are not limited to – company
specifications and procedures, work instructions, manufacturer
specifications, product quality specifications, and legislative requirements.
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Page 157 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19047 Test and rectify starting aid system faults on a diesel engine
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to test and rectify diesel engine glow plug starting aid
system faults, and diesel engine manifold heater starting aid faults.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Test and rectify diesel engine glow plug starting aid system faults.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, engine safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and
equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the diesel
engine glow plug starting aid systems to be tested and repaired in accordance
with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Glow plugs are tested and any faulty plugs replaced in the engine in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Faults confirmed by – engine operation, open circuit
tests on elements.
Performance
Standard 1.4
A wiring circuit to the glow plugs is tested and any faults rectified in
accordance with service information.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – faults confirmed by
testing for continuity and the supply of electrical power to each glow plug.
Wiring replaced with correct size and type of cable.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The diesel engine glow plug starting aid system operates in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Learning Outcome 2 Test and rectify diesel engine manifold heater starting aid faults.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the diesel
engine manifold heater starting aids to be repaired in accordance with service
information.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The diesel engine manifold heater is tested for correct operation on the
engine and results noted in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The faulty diesel engine manifold heater is removed from the engine,
repaired, and refitted in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Testing and repair of faulty element – short circuit, open
circuit.
Page 158 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 2.4
Electrical wiring to the diesel engine manifold heater is tested and any faults
rectified to restore operation in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Testing for continuity and the supply of electrical
power; rectification – repair to fuse, wiring, and/or connections.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in
Standard Descriptor
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19048 Prepare to test, test and diagnose faults in an Automotive air
conditioning system
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 6
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to prepare to test an Automotive air conditioning
system for operation, and test and diagnose faults in an Automotive air
conditioning system.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Prepare to test an Automotive air conditioning system for operation.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable tests to be
performed in accordance with service information and legislative
requirements.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Instructions and specifications for testing the system are identified to enable
the system to be tested in accordance with service information and legislative
requirements.
Page 159 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 1.3
A visual inspection of air conditioning and associated components is carried
out in accordance with service information. Any signs of damage, leaks and
corrosion are reported to the supervisor in accordance with company
requirements.
Learning Outcome 2 Test and diagnose faults in an Automotive air conditioning system.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
service information and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Cleanliness; ventilation; eye protection, gloves,
protective clothing; working with a pressurised system; running the engine;
awareness of moving parts; heating components; using air conditioning
equipment; recovery and storage of refrigerant.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Test gauges are connected in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Level of refrigerant charge is determined and noted, after operating the
system at maximum cooling for the recommended time, in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – coil, dye, retro-fitting.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Blockages, leaks, external faults influencing operation, and other
malfunctions are identified and located with the aid of diagnostic charts,
tables and gauges, and are noted in accordance with manufacturer
specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.5
The efficiency of the system is determined by measuring and comparing
evaporator air inlet and outlet temperatures and humidity levels, and results
are noted in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.6
The driver controls are tested to ensure full serviceability of the system in
accordance with vehicle manufacturer instructions. Any defects are noted
for future reference in accordance with company requirements.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – switches, flaps, doors,
vents.
Performance
Standard 2.7
A report on the system condition, based on the testing and diagnosis results,
and a repair recommendation consistent with manufacturer stated procedures
is given to the supervisor in accordance with company requirements.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, compressor, vacuum pump, tool box
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
Page 160 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER19049 Diagnose and rectify diesel engine shutdown system faults
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to: diagnose faults in an electrical and electronic
diesel engine shutdown system; rectify electrical and electronic diesel engine
shutdown system faults; and test and rectify mechanical diesel engine
shutdown system faults.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Vehicle Mechanics
Learning Outcome 1 Diagnose faults in an electrical and electronic diesel engine shutdown
system.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable electrical and
electronic diesel engine shutdown system faults to be diagnosed in
accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The type of electrical and electronic diesel engine shutdown system is
determined by reference to service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The type of electrical and electronic diesel engine shutdown system is
determined by reference to service information.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Engine sensors are tested for operation in accordance with service
information, and results noted.
Range Statement: Sensors include but are not limited to – oil pressure,
coolant temperature, over-speed.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The actuator is tested for operation using an external power source, and
results noted.
Performance
Standard 1.6
The wiring and connectors are tested for electrical faults and any faults
found are noted in accordance with service information.
Learning Outcome 2 Rectify electrical and electronic diesel engine shutdown system faults.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable electrical and
electronic diesel engine shutdown system faults to be rectified in accordance
with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.2
A faulty sensor is restored to full serviceability by adjusting or replacing the
unit in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.3
A faulty actuator is restored to full serviceability by repairing or replacing
the unit in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Any wiring defects are repaired in accordance with service information, and
the system is tested for operation in accordance with manufacturer
specifications.
Page 161 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Learning Outcome 3 Test and rectify mechanical diesel engine shutdown system faults.
Performance
Standard 3.1
The mechanical diesel engine shutdown system is tested in accordance with
service information, and the engine speed at shutdown is noted.
Performance
Standard 3.2
The actuator trip speed is adjusted in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 3.3
The actuator operation is tested and results noted in accordance with service
information.
Range Statement: Actuator operation includes but is not limited to –
coolant temperature, oil pressure.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER20001 Select test equipment and test an electrical circuit
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to enter or are employed in the Automotive
repair industry. People credited with this NCS are able to: check voltage
readings of Automotive circuits; check current flow readings of Automotive
circuits; check resistance readings of Automotive components; and locate a
fault in an Automotive lighting circuit.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Check voltage readings of Automotive circuits.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task according to
industry requirements.
Page 162 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, no damage to
equipment
Performance
Standard 1.2
A voltmeter suitable for use on the test vehicle is selected and used in a
manner that produces the desired results but does not damage any of the
circuits.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The presence of voltage is verified at any point in a circuit.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The available voltage, at any point in a circuit, is measured to an accuracy
determined by the circuit, and the voltage is classified as acceptable or not
when compared with the manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The voltage drop across selected parts of a working circuit is measured (to
0.1V), and the voltage drop is classified as acceptable or not when compared
with the manufacturer’s specifications.
Learning Outcome 2 Check current flow readings of Automotive circuits.
Range Statement: Charging, starting, lighting.
Performance
Standard 2.1
An ammeter, suitable for the circuit to be tested, is selected for use.
Range Statement: A series connected ammeter and an inductive ammeter
with ranges to suit both charging and starting circuits.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, and no damage to
equipment.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The current draw of a starter motor under load is measured and its
compatibility with the manufacturer’s specifications is determined.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The current output of an alternator is measured and its compatibility with the
manufacturer’s specifications is determined.
Performance
Standard 2.5
The current flow in lighting circuits is measured to within 1.0A.
Learning Outcome 3 Check resistance readings of Automotive components.
Range Statement: HT leads, thermistors, ignition coils, ballast resistors
Performance
Standard 3.1
An ohmmeter, suitable for the component being measured, is selected.
Performance
Standard 3.2
A component is isolated from its circuit, its resistance is measured and
classified as acceptable or not when compared with the manufacturer’s
specifications.
Performance
Standard 3.3
The resistance of a working circuit is determined to ±10%.
Learning Outcome 4 Locate a fault in an Automotive lighting circuit.
Performance
Standard 4.1
Suitable test equipment is selected for locating faults in the circuit.
Performance
Standard 4.2
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task according to text
books and service manuals.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, no damage to
equipment
Performance
Standard 4.3
The circuit is tested according to the manufacturer’s test procedures, and any
faults are located.
Page 163 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Explanatory Notes 1. Regulation
Relevant Legislation to this NCS includes but is not limited to Occupational
Safety and Health Act 2002.
2. Definition
Reference to suitable test equipment means industry approved test equipment
that is recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task to a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resources
Requirement
Voltmeter, ohmmeter, ammeter, lead acid battery, training vehicle
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment method for this NCS is designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER20002 Describe the Starting and Charging and their operation
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to enter or are employed in the Automotive
repair industry. People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate
knowledge of electromagnetism as applied to Automotive units, the
operation of a charging system that uses an alternator, and the operation of a
starting system.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of electromagnetism as applied to Automotive units.
Performance
Standard 1.1
How an electric current passing through a conductor produces a magnetic
field is shown by the use of illustrations.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The polarity of a magnetic field is determined.
Range Statement: North and south poles
Performance
Standard 1.3
How a magnetic field is used to produce an electric current in a conductor
(electromagnetic induction) is described according to textbook descriptions.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Direction of an induced current in a conductor is determined by using
Fleming’s Right Hand Rule.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of the operation of a charging system that uses an
alternator.
Performance
Standard 2.1
The circuit layout of a charging system and the function of each main
component are described according to textbook descriptions.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The construction of an alternator and its parts are identified by the use of
illustrations.
Page 164 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 2.3
The way in which an alternator’s output is produced and rectified is
described according to textbook descriptions.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The principle of controlling the output voltage of an alternator by changing
the current in an electromagnetic rotor is described according to textbook
descriptions.
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of the operation of a starting system.
Performance
Standard 3.1
The circuit layout for a starting system and the function of each main part is
described according to the manufacturer’s workshop manual and/or textbook
descriptions.
Performance
Standard 3.2
The construction of a starter motor and its components are identified by the
use of illustrations.
Performance
Standard 3.3
Methods of engaging the starter pinion with the ring gear are described
according to textbook descriptions.
Explanatory Notes Information on Automotive starting and charging system principles can be
found from:
training provider, industry and vehicle workshop manuals; Automotive
electrical textbooks
Resource
requirements
Starter, alternator, training vehicle.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment method for this NCS is designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER20003 Describe the Ignition System and their operation
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to enter or are employed in the Automotive
repair industry. People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate
knowledge of: the operation of a contact breaker ignition system; the
operation of distributor type electronic ignition systems; the layout and
components of magneto ignition systems; and the circuit layout and
components in distributor less ignition systems.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of the operation of a contact breaker ignition
system.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The circuit layout of a contact breaker ignition system is described with the
aid of diagrams, and the function of each part is defined.
Performance
Standard 1.2
How an interruption in current flow in the primary windings of an ignition
coil is used to induce a voltage in adjacent secondary windings (mutual
induction) is described according to textbook descriptions.
Page 165 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 1.3
The operation of an assembled ignition system is described according to
textbook descriptions.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of the operation of distributor type electronic
ignition systems.
Performance
Standard 2.1
The circuit layout of an electronic ignition system and its components are
identified with the aid of diagrams, and the function of each part is defined.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The sensors used for electronic ignition systems are identified from
illustrations, and their operation is described according to textbook
descriptions.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The operation of each of the assembled ignition systems is described
according to textbook descriptions.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Precautions that should be taken when working with electronic ignition
systems are described according to the manufacturer’s manual instructions.
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of the layout and components of magneto ignition
systems.
Range Statement: Contact breaker, capacitor discharges (CDI)
Performance
Standard 3.1
The circuit layout and components are identified by the use of diagrams and
illustrations.
Learning Outcome 4 Demonstrate knowledge of the circuit layout and components in distributor
less ignition systems.
Range Statement: Coil-on-plug, waste spark
Performance
Standard 4.1
The circuit layout and components are identified by the use of diagrams and
illustrations.
Explanatory Notes Information on Automotive ignition system principles can be found from:
training provider, industry and/or Automotive electrical and electronic
textbooks and workshop manuals
Resources
Requirement
Distributor, contact breaker, ignition coil, condenser, lead, spark plug,
battery.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment method for this NCS is designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER20004 Demonstrate knowledge of protecting vehicle electronic in
Automotive industry
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who are at pre-employment level or who have
recently started work in the motor industry. People credited with this NCS
are able to demonstrate knowledge of motor vehicle electronics, the causes
Page 166 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
and cost of damage to motor vehicle electronic control units, and protecting
motor vehicle electronic control units.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of motor vehicle electronics.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Purpose of vehicle electronics is identified according to the vehicle
manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Engine management, ignition, fuel injection, braking,
instrumentation, comfort controls, cruise controls, traction devices, safety
devices, anti-theft devices, anti-collision devices, anti-pollution.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Principles of how electronic control units are safe guarded are identified
according to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Safety precautions required when working with vehicles equipped with
electronic control units are described according to the vehicle manufacturer’s
specifications.
Range Statement: Removing and replacing battery, jump starting, MIG
welding.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of the causes and cost of damage to motor vehicle
electronic control units.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Cost and implications of replacing damaged electronic control units are
identified according to company policy and the vehicle manufacturer’s
specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Cause of damage to electronic control units is identified according to the
vehicle manufacturer’s specifications and company policy.
Range Statement: Excessive voltage, incorrect battery polarity, excessive
current, excessive heat, excessive vibration, incorrect handling, jump starting
Learning Outcome 3 Demonstrate knowledge of protecting motor vehicle electronic control units.
Performance
Standard 3.1
Importance of following the vehicle manufacturer’s specifications to identify
where electronic control units are situated is explained according to company
policy.
Performance
Standard 3.2
Principles of protecting electronic control units according to the vehicle
manufacturer’s specifications are described.
Range Statement: Removing and replacing battery, welding, removing and
replacing wiring, starting vehicle, cleaning and heat
Explanatory Notes The trainer provider’s policy includes workplace NCS, practices, and
procedures, which must comply with current Automotive industries
requirements. It is assumed the policy also meets product manufacturer’s
specifications, recommendations, and standards.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, battery
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Page 167 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER20005 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive Electrical Principles
SQF Level II NCS Credit Value 6
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who wish to enter or are employed in the Automotive
repair industry. People credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate
knowledge of Automotive electrical principles.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive electrical principles.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Electric circuit fundamentals are explained according to textbook
explanations.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – positive and negative
charges, conventional current flow, electron current flow, conductors,
insulators, semi-conductors, attraction and repulsion of charges, potential,
potential difference (p.d.), electromotive force (e.m.f.), counter e.m.f.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Basic units of electrical measurement, and their symbols that are used in
Automotive applications, are defined according to textbook definitions.
Range Statement: Volt, ampere, ohm, watt, farad, hertz.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Electrical circuits on vehicles are described according to textbook
descriptions and the manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Series circuit, parallel circuit, power sources, protection
devices, load devices, controls, conductors
Performance
Standard 1.4
Characteristics of resistive circuit types are explained according to textbook
explanations.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – parallel circuits, series
circuits, open circuit, closed circuit, shorted circuit, short to ground.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The principle of Ohm's Law in relation to circuit resistance, current flow,
and voltage as applied to Automotive parallel circuits and series circuits is
described according to textbook descriptions.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Types of resistors used in Automotive circuits are described according to the
manufacturer’s specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.7
The fundamental application of electrical principles is shown in terms of
basic motor vehicle circuitry and electrical componentry.
Performance
Standard 1.8
Functions of capacitors used in Automotive circuits are described according
to the manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Storage, smoothing, suppression
Explanatory Notes Information on Automotive electrical principles can be found from:
Training provider, industry and vehicle workshop manuals; Automotive
Page 168 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
electrical textbooks.
Resource
requirements
Voltmeter, ammeter, ohmmeter, insulate wires, bulbs and battery.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER20006 Install electronic circuitry to suit specific applications and
components
SQF Level V NCS Credit Value 5
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive electrical repair industry. People
credited with this NCS are able to: demonstrate knowledge of the component
to be incorporated in the vehicle’s and/or machine’s electrical system; plan
the vehicle’s and/or machine’s electrical circuitry to incorporate the
component; and make up and install the circuitry.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of the component to be incorporated in the vehicle’s
and/or machine’s electrical
Performance
Standard 1.1
The function and operation of the component are identified according to the
component manufacturer's information.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Voltage and current requirements of the component are determined
according to the component manufacturer's specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The importance of circuit protection and loading requirements is established
according to the manufacturer’s specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – protection of vehicle's
and/or machine's electrical system
Learning Outcome 2 Plan the vehicle’s and/or machine’s electrical circuitry to incorporate the
component.
Performance
Standard 2.1
The vehicle's and/or machine's existing electrical capabilities are determined.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – battery power supply,
total current draw, charging, wiring and circuit protection, vehicle and/or
machine use.
Performance
Standard 2.2
A logical circuit is designed to comply with the component and customer
requirements and the vehicle’s electrical system.
Performance
Standard 2.3
A wiring diagram is drawn to comply with the functions and requirement of
the component and the vehicle to which the system applies.
Learning Outcome 3 Make up and install the circuitry.
Page 169 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 3.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task.
Range Statement: Personal safety; safety of others; equipment, vehicle,
and machine safety
Performance
Standard 3.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable the circuitry to
be made and installed.
Performance
Standard 3.3
The circuitry is made up and installed from components that comply with the
component specifications and customer requirements.
Performance
Standard 3.4
The circuit is tested to ensure that the added and/or changed component
operates to the manufacturer's specifications, and that the electrical
requirements of the vehicle and/or the machine are not compromised.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Reference to suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools
and equipment that are recognised within the industry as being the most
suited to complete the task to a professional and competent manner with due
regard to safe working practices.
This NCS includes but is not limited to – timers, dwell extenders, engine
shutdown systems, and voltage control units.
Resource
requirements
Battery power supply, circuit protection, Training vehicle.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER20007 Protect electronics when servicing or repairing a vehicle or
machine in the motor industry
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people who work in the motor industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to protect electronics when servicing or repairing a
vehicle or machine in the motor industry.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Protect electronics when servicing or repairing a vehicle or machine in the
motor industry.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Battery is disconnected and reconnected, with no consequential damage to
vehicle electronics, in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.2
A vehicle or machine with a flat battery is started, with no consequential
damage to vehicle electronics or battery, in accordance with service
information.
Performance Electronic control units are protected before and during servicing or repairs,
Page 170 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 1.3 without consequential damage, in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Servicing or repairs include but are not limited to –
removing and replacing battery, welding, removing and replacing wiring,
starting vehicle or machine, cleaning, heating, preventing electrostatic
discharge.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Safe working practices and service precautions are observed throughout the
task in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety;
service precautions may include but are not limited to – high-voltage
electrical systems.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Company requirements refer to instructions to staff on policy and procedures
which are documented in memo or manual format and are available in the
workplace. These requirements include but are not limited to – company
specifications and procedures, work instructions, manufacturer
specifications, product quality specifications, and legislative requirements.
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment method for this NCS is designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER20008 Demonstrate knowledge of Automotive lighting systems, and
headlamp adjustment
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Subfield - Automotive repair industry. People
credited with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of the functions of
motor vehicle lighting systems, and adjusting headlamps on a motor vehicle.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of the functions of motor vehicle lighting systems.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Types of bulb are described in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Page 171 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 1.2
The operation and illumination distribution patterns of the types of headlamp
are described in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Operation includes – main and dipped beam headlamps,
adaptive headlights, automatic headlight control;
illumination distribution patterns include – parabolic, ellipsoid, spatially free
form, combination ellipsoidal and free form.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The purpose and operation of the types of auxiliary lamps are described in
accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: spot lights, fog lights, long range driving lights.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The purpose and operation of lamps that give warnings to other road users
are described in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Front and rear parking lamps, rear and high stop lamps,
direction indicator lamps, hazard warning lamps, reversing lamps,
registration illumination, day-time running lamps, night parking lamps.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The purpose and operation of types of instrument panel warning lamps are
described in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Coolant level and temperature, oil level and pressure,
battery charging, high beam, low fuel, brake fail and brake fluid level.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of adjusting headlamps on a motor vehicle.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Legislative requirements relating to vehicle lighting are identified in
accordance with Land Transport Rules.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Equipment used to adjust lights is described in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Headlight aligner, white board and measure.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Procedures to adjust headlamps are described in accordance with the LTA
motor vehicle regulations.
Explanatory
Notes
1. Reference
Refer LTA warranty of Fitness check list
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, white board
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 172 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER20009 Rectify simple vehicle lighting faults, and adjust vehicle lamps
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to rectify simple faults in a vehicle lighting system,
and adjust vehicle lamps to comply with legislative requirements.
Classification
Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Rectify simple faults in a vehicle lighting system.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety, handling
and testing lamps.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The symptoms of the fault are determined and verified.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Suitable test equipment is selected and used that enables faults to be located.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – voltmeter, ammeter,
ohmmeter, test light.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The circuit and components of the system are tested in accordance with
manufacturer specifications to enable the cause of the fault to be located.
Performance
Standard 1.5
The fault is rectified to restore full serviceability of the system in accordance
with vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: repair, selection and replacement of components.
Lamps, bulbs, connectors, switches.
Performance
Standard 1.6
The position and type of all exterior vehicle lamps comply with LTA
requirements.
Learning Outcome 2 Adjust lamps to comply with LTA requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety, handling
and testing lamp
Performance
Standard 2.2
Suitable equipment is selected and used that enables the lamps to be adjusted
in accordance with the LTA requirements.
Range Statement: Headlight aligner, white board and measure
Performance
Standard 2.3
Method of adjusting headlamps is identified in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Main beam, dip beam.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Headlamps are adjusted in accordance with manufacturer specifications and
comply with the LTA requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.5
Auxiliary lamps are adjusted and comply with the LTA requirements.
Range Statement: may include but is not limited to – spot lamps, fog
lamps, long range driving lamps.
Page 173 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Simple vehicle lighting faults refer to replacing lights, bulbs, fuses; repairing
and replacing connectors, switches and non-complicated wiring faults.
Suitable equipment means industry approved equipment that is recognised
within the industry as being the most suited to complete the task in a
professional and competent manner with due regard to safe working
practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER20010 Carry out Automotive wiring, repairs and replace a wiring
circuit
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive industry. People credited with this
NCS are able to carry out Automotive wiring repairs, and replace an
Automotive wiring circuit
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Carry out Automotive wiring repairs.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices and service precautions are observed throughout the
task in accordance with service information and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Service precautions may include but are not limited to – high-voltage
electrical systems.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Suitable tools and equipment are selected and used to enable repairs to be
carried out in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Damaged wires are repaired to restore electrical conductivity, mechanical
strength, and neat appearance in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Single wires and wiring harnesses.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Suitable replacement single connectors are selected and fitted to wires in
accordance with service information. The connection is neat and has good
electrical conductivity and mechanical strength.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Multiple connectors are repaired and replaced to restore integrity of the
involved circuit in accordance with service information.
Page 174 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 1.6
All joins are insulated to give adequate protection for the particular
application, and are neat in appearance in accordance with manufacturer
specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.7
The circuit is tested and all ground and short circuit faults are located and
rectified in accordance with service information.
Learning Outcome 2 Replace an Automotive wiring circuit.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices and service precautions are observed throughout the
task in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle or machine
safety, workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Service precautions may include but are not limited to – high-voltage
electrical systems.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Faulty wiring is removed in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2,3
Replacement wiring is made up using wires of suitable colour, size, and
length, with reference to the vehicle diagram and specifications, to comply
with manufacturer specifications
Performance
Standard 2,3
The replacement circuit is tested and operates in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, tool box.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 175 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER20011 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle body electronic control
security systems, and testing and rectifying faults
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of body electronic control
security systems in vehicles, and testing and rectifying body electronic
control security system faults.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of body electronic control security systems in
vehicles.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The purpose of body electronic control security systems is described in
accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Prime components in the systems are identified and their functions described
in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – control modules, sensors,
fuses, switches, motor, relays, diagnostic data link, wiring circuit, warning
lamps, alarm, door locks.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Operating principles of body electronic control security systems are
described in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – description assisted by
sketches showing working circuits using block diagrams for components,
International Organization for Standardization (ISO) symbols, colour and
number coding, terminal location;
Performance
Standard 1.4
The way in which body electronic control security systems integrate into a
central control unit or vehicle network bus is explained in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of testing and rectifying body electronic control
security system faults.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Precautions to prevent damage to components, and using suitable tools and
equipment when working on body electronic control security systems are
described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – obtaining specifications
and instructions, using compatible equipment, isolating components,
cleanliness, screening, earthing, control unit memory retention.
Disconnecting and connecting circuits and plugs, access point location, pin
connection and wiring damage, unsealing and sealing, retaining circuit
memory, control unit isolation. Electrostatic discharge.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The importance of obtaining specific and current test information before any
testing is carried out is described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Workshop manuals, technical bulletins, computer.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Diagnostic test procedures are described in accordance with service
information.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – tracing circuits, wiring
diagram, test points, reading and interpreting self-diagnostic test codes,
Page 176 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
recommended test equipment.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Rectification procedures for system faults are explained in accordance with
service information and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: replacement, repair, adjustment.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Resource
requirements
Training vehicle, voltmeter, scope, tool box.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER20012 Test for and rectify Automotive wiper system faults
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to test the wiper system for correct operation, and
rectify wiper system faults.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Test the wiper system for correct operation.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
vehicle service manual.
Range Statement: personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Screenwash reservoirs are filled to the specified level with a solution suitable
for cleaning the screen and lamps in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The wiper system is operated on a wet screen, in all of its modes, and any
faults are noted in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard1.4
The mechanical linkage and system components and tubing are inspected in
accordance with service information, and the cause of any faults determined.
Performance
Standard1.5
Suitable equipment is selected and used to enable the electrical circuit and
components to be tested in accordance with service information.
Learning Outcome 2 Rectify wiper system faults.
Page 177 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The faulty part or assembly is removed from the vehicle, in the sequence and
manner specified by the manufacturer, and without causing damage to
vehicle trims or body panels.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Repairable components are restored to full serviceability in accordance with
service information.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Non-repairable components are replaced with new parts in accordance with
vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 2.5
The repaired and replacement parts are assembled in accordance with service
information, and installed in the vehicle without causing damage to vehicle
trim or body panels.
Performance
Standard 2.6
The wiper system is checked, and any adjustments made, to ensure that
normal operation has been restored in accordance with the vehicle
manufacturer specifications and legislative requirements.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable equipment means industry approved equipment that are recognised
within the industry as being the most suited to complete the task in a
professional and competent manner with due regard to safe working
practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER20013 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle body electronic control
safety systems, and testing and rectifying faults
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with NCS to demonstrate knowledge of body electronic control safety
systems in vehicles, and testing and rectifying body electronic control safety
system faults.
Page 178 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of body electronic control safety systems in
vehicles.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The purpose of body electronic control safety systems is described in
accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Prime components in the systems are identified and their functions described
in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – control modules, sensors,
fuses, switches, diagnostic data link, wiring circuit, warning lamps.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The way in which body electronic control safety systems integrate into a
central control unit or vehicle network bus is explained in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Operating principles of body electronic control safety systems are described
in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – description assisted by
sketches showing working circuits using block diagrams for components,
International Organization for Standardization (ISO) symbols, colour and
number coding, terminal location. Fail safe, limp home systems,
communication networks.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of testing and rectifying body electronic control
safety system faults.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Precautions to prevent damage to components, and using suitable tools and
equipment when working on electronic control safety systems are described
in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – obtaining specifications
and instructions, using compatible equipment, isolating components,
cleanliness, screening, earthing, control unit memory retention.
Disconnecting and connecting circuits and plugs, access point location, pin
connection and wiring damage, unsealing and sealing, retaining circuit
memory, control unit isolation. Electrostatic discharge.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The importance of obtaining specific and current test information before any
testing is carried out is described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: Workshop manuals, technical bulletins, computer.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Diagnostic test procedures are described in accordance with service
information.
Range Statement: Includes but are not limited to – tracing circuits, wiring
diagram, test points, reading and interpreting self-diagnostic test codes,
recommended test equipment.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Rectification procedures for system faults are explained in accordance with
service information and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: replacement, repair, adjustment.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
Page 179 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
Information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER20014 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle power train electronic
control systems, and testing and rectifying faults
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of powertrain electronic
control systems in vehicles, and testing and rectifying powertrain electronic
control system faults.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of powertrain electronic control systems in vehicles.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The purpose of powertrain electronic control systems is described in
accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Prime components in the systems are identified and their functions described
in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – electronic control
modules (ECMs), sensors, fuses, connectors, switches, motor, relays,
diagnostic data link, wiring circuit, warning lamps, actuators, resistors,
thermistors, capacitors, diodes, light emitting diodes (LEDs), transistors,
silicon controlled rectifiers (SCRs), integrated circuits (ICs),
microprocessors.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Operating principles of powertrain electronic control systems are described
in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – description assisted by
sketches showing working circuits using block diagrams for components,
International Organization for Standardization (ISO) symbols, colour and
number coding, terminal location. Fail safe, limp home system,
communication networks.
Performance The way in which powertrain electronic control systems integrate into a
Page 180 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 1.4 central control unit or vehicle network bus is explained in accordance with
manufacturer specifications.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of testing and rectifying powertrain electronic
control system faults.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Precautions to prevent damage to components, and using suitable tools and
equipment when working on powertrain electronic control systems are
described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – obtaining specifications
and instructions, using compatible equipment, isolating components,
cleanliness, screening, earthing, control unit memory retention;
disconnecting and connecting circuits and plugs, access point location, pin
connection and wiring damage, unsealing and sealing, retaining circuit
memory, control unit isolation. Electrostatic discharge.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The importance of obtaining specific and current test information before any
testing is carried out is described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: workshop manuals, computer.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Diagnostic test procedures are described in accordance with service
information.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – tracing circuits, wiring
diagram, test points, reading and interpreting self-diagnostic test codes,
recommended test equipment.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Rectification procedures for system faults are explained in accordance with
service information and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: replacement, repair, adjustment.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Control systems include open loop, closed loop, fail safe, and limp home
systems.
Powertrain in the context of this NCS refers to engine and transmission
systems.
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable tools and equipment means industry approved tools and equipment
that are recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete
the task in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe
working practices.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Page 181 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER20015 Demonstrate knowledge of vehicle ABS, TCS, and ESC
electronic control systems, and testing and rectifying faults
SQF Level V NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate knowledge of anti-lock braking
systems (ABS), traction control systems (TCS), and electronic stability
control (ESC) electronic control systems in vehicles; and testing and
rectifying faults in ABS, TCS, and ESC.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of ABS, TCS, and ESC electronic control systems
in vehicles.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The purposes of ABS, TCS, and ESC electronic control systems are
described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: driver and passenger comfort and security, safety
features, preventing loss of control, monitoring functions, in-built design
features.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Prime components in the systems are identified and their functions described
in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – voltage supply and
return, control modules, speed sensors, temperature sensors, stability sensors,
angle sensors, fuses, switches, diagnostic data link, solenoids, pump motor,
wiring circuit, warning lamps.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The principles of operation of ABS, TCS, and ESC electronic control
systems are described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – description assisted by
sketches showing working circuits using block diagrams for components,
International Organization for Standardization (ISO) symbols, colour and
number coding, terminal location. Ail safe, limp home systems,
communication networks.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The way in which ABS, TCS, and ESC electronic control systems integrate
into a central control unit or vehicle network bus is explained in accordance
with manufacturer specifications.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of testing and rectifying faults in ABS, TCS, and
ESC.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Precautions to prevent damage to components, and using suitable tools and
equipment when working on ABS, TCS, and ESC electronic control systems
are identified in accordance with service information.
Page 182 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Range Statement: includes but is not limited to – obtaining specifications
and instructions, using compatible equipment, isolating components,
cleanliness, screening, earthing, control unit memory retention.
Disconnecting and connecting circuits and plugs, access point location, pin
connection and wiring damage, unsealing and sealing, retaining circuit
memory, control unit isolation. Electrostatic discharge.
Performance
Standard 2.2
The importance of obtaining specific and current test information before any
testing is carried out is described in accordance with service information.
Range Statement: workshop manuals, technical bulletins, computer.
Includes but is not limited to – tracing circuits, wiring diagrams, test points,
reading and interpreting self-diagnostic test codes, recommended test
equipment, manual testing.
Performance
Standard 2.3
Diagnostic procedures are described in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Rectification procedures for system faults are explained in accordance with
service information and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: replacement, repair, adjustment.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
ABS, TCS, and ESC referred to in this NCS are generic terms also used by
vehicle and component manufacturers under different marketing names and
abbreviations.
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title ER20016 Demonstrate knowledge of electronic diesel management
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to demonstrate
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Page 183 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Learning Outcome 1 Demonstrate knowledge of electronic diesel management systems.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Management controls for management systems on an engine are described in
accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – idle speed, self-
diagnostic codes, emission systems, start of injection, timing advance
controls.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Conditions sensed by an engine management system are described in
accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – crankshaft position,
engine speed, air inlet temperature, boost pressure, engine coolant
temperature, throttle position, vehicle speed, timing control, cranking signal,
fuel temperature, beginning of injection, accelerator position.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Systems controlled from the electronic control unit (ECU) are identified in
accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – glow control unit,
diagnostic system, fuel injection pump, air conditioning compressor, torque
control.
Learning Outcome 2 Demonstrate knowledge of electronic diesel engine management component
testing procedures.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Engine management component testing procedures are described in
accordance with service information and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – crankshaft position
sensor, engine speed sensor, relays, wiring harness, connectors, ECU, air
inlet temperature sensor, boost pressure sensor, engine coolant temperature
sensor, vehicle speed sensor, cranking signal sensor, fuel temperature sensor,
throttle position sensor, timing control sensor, accelerator potentiometer.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 184 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER20017 Test for and rectify faults in vehicle mechanical and body
electronic control systems
SQF Level IV NCS Credit Value 10
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive repair industry. People credited
with this NCS are able to test a vehicle mechanical and body control system
for faults, and rectify mechanical and body control system faults.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics
Learning Outcome 1 Test a vehicle mechanical and body control system for faults.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The specific and current test information is obtained before any testing is
carried out in accordance with company requirements.
Range Statement: Test information sources may include but are not limited
to – electronic storage (CDR, DVD), intranet, internet, workshop manuals,
technical bulletins, diagnostic equipment, on-board vehicle storage.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The electrical and electronic circuits of the system are traced from the
manufacturer wiring diagram in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.4
The wiring diagram information of the circuits to be tested is translated to
the electrical and electronic circuits on a vehicle in accordance with service
information.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Test points on the vehicle are located that will enable the diagnosis of the
particular system to be carried out in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Suitable test equipment is selected and used that enable faults in the system
to be located in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.7
Test results obtained are compared to those specified by the manufacturer,
any discrepancies found are traced to their source, and the faults isolated in
accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 1.8
No physical or electrical damage is caused to circuit components or
electronic devices.
Performance
Standard 1.9
The feasibility of a repair is determined based on relevant factors.
Range Statement: Type and extent of repairs required, cost of repair,
availability and cost of replacement.
Learning Outcome 2 Rectify mechanical and body control system faults.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices are observed throughout the task in accordance with
legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Precautions are taken to prevent damage to electronic components that could
be caused by electrostatic discharge and installation methods in accordance
with service information.
Range Statement: Screening of components, earthing operator.
Performance Faults that do not require component replacement are rectified in accordance
Page 185 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER20018 Identify a wiring diagram and translate information to a
circuit in the motor and related industries
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 3
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the motor and related industries. People credited
with this NCS are able to identify a specified circuit on an Automotive
wiring diagram, and translate wiring diagram information to a circuit.
Standard 2.3 with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.4
Faulty components are replaced in accordance with service information.
Performance
Standard 2.5
Vehicle information is updated in accordance with company requirements.
Performance
Standard 2.6
Self-diagnostic test codes are cleared, and the vehicle is operated to ensure
no faults remain, in accordance with service information.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Suitable test equipment means industry approved test equipment that is
recognised within the industry as being the most suited to complete the task
in a professional and competent manner with due regard to safe working
practices.
2. Range
This NCS includes but is not limited to any three of the following systems:
suspension system: either electronic-over-hydraulic or electronic air
suspension;
steering system: either electronic power steer, electronic 4x4, speed
sensitive, or variable assist;
transmission system: either manual or automatic;
compartment safety system: either air bag control, seat belt pre-
tensioners, seat memory, instrumentation head-up display, rear mirror
control, or driver fatigue sensor.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in the NCS
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 186 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Automotive Electrics and Electronics.
Learning Outcome 1 Identify a specified circuit on an Automotive wiring diagram.
Performance
Standard 1.1
The service information which includes the specified circuit is selected.
Performance
Standard 1.2
The specified wiring diagram is located.
Performance
Standard 1.3
The particular circuit is isolated (traced out) from the others in accordance
with manufacturer specifications.
Learning Outcome 2 Translate wiring diagram information to a circuit.
Performance
Standard 2.1
Safe working practices and service precautions are observed throughout the
task in accordance with service information and legislative requirements.
Range Statement: Personal safety, safety of others, vehicle safety,
workshop safety, environmental safety, tools and equipment safety. Service
precautions may include but are not limited to – high-voltage electrical
systems.
Performance
Standard 2.2
Circuit protection devices are shown on the diagram, and their values
verified with those on the vehicle.
Performance
Standard 2.3
The coding and routing of wires for any particular circuit shown on the
diagram are matched with those on the vehicle.
Performance
Standard 2.4
The location and specification of components and connectors, for any
particular circuit shown on the diagram, are verified with those on the
vehicle.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Service information may include but is not limited to – technical information
of a vehicle, machine, or product detailing operation; installation and
servicing procedures; manufacturer instructions and specifications; technical
terms and descriptions; and detailed illustrations. This can be accessed in
hard copy or electronic format and is normally sourced from the
manufacturer.
Resource
requirements
Auto electrical text book, service manuals.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 187 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
NCS Code and Title ER93001 Cost a job for the supply of a product, repair, or service in the
motor and related industries
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 2
NCS Purpose
Statement
This NCS is for people in the Automotive industry involved with service
administration duties. People credited with this NCS are able to cost a job
for the supply of a product, repair, or service in the motor and related
industries.
Classification Field - Engineering & Related Technologies
Subfield – Engineering and Related Technologies not elsewhere classified
Learning Outcome 1 Cost a job for the supply of a product, repair, or service in the motor and
related industries.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Customer details are obtained and recorded in accordance with company
requirements.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – name; address;
telephone contact number; date received; instructions and/or description of
product, repair or service required; method of payment; time and/or date that
vehicle, machine, or component is required by; any agreed estimate or quote
details; customer authorisation.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Vehicle details are obtained and recorded in accordance with company
requirements.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – make, model, year of
registration, registration number, odometer or hour meter reading, vehicle
identification number (VIN).
Performance
Standard 1.3
Component details are obtained and recorded in accordance with company
requirements.
Range Statement: Component type, identification number and/or
description.
Performance
Standard 1.4
Deadlines specified in the costing are determined by reference to the
availability of goods and/or services, and the time estimated to deliver or
complete the goods, repairs, and/or services.
Performance
Standard 1.5
Job details are obtained and recorded in accordance with company
requirements.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – technician name(s),
date of work or service carried out, labour time and rate, description of the
completed repair or service, parts used, machine charges, outside work,
sundry items (such as waste materials, cleaning, minor parts, travelling time
and distance).
Performance
Standard 1.6
Customer follow-up records are updated in accordance with company
requirements.
Range Statement: May include but is not limited to – details of present job,
date for next service, Warrant of Fitness (WoF) or Certificate of Fitness
(CoF) certificate reminder.
Performance
Standard 1.7
The costing is completed in accordance with company requirements.
Range Statement: Includes but is not limited to – ensuring job costing
Page 188 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
details are accurate, description of the repair or service carried out shown in
a clear and logical sequence that can be easily understood by a customer,
costing fairly reflects actual parts, work and/or service supplied or carried
out, costs are itemised.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definition
Company requirements refer to instructions to staff on policy and procedures
which are documented in memo or manual format and are available in the
workplace. These requirements include but are not limited to – company
specifications and procedures, work instructions, manufacturer
specifications, product quality specifications, and legislative requirements.
2. Other Information
For this NCS, it is essential that the practical assessment evidence is obtained
in the workplace under normal workplace conditions.
For the purposes of this NCS, the candidate is not required to estimate any
component of the costing. Costing refers to the process of identifying,
recording and presenting all of the pre-costed or completed components that
make up the supply of an Automotive and/or related product, repair, and/or
service.
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must:
Achieve minimum of 75% for theory component.
Practical work must meet all Performance Standards documented in
Standard Descriptor
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
NCS Code and Title MF03003 Read texts to research information
SQF Level III NCS Credit Value 4
NCS Purpose
Statement
People credited with this NCS are able to read texts to research information.
Classification Field – Mixed Field
Subfield – Learning Skills Programmes
Learning Outcome 1 Read texts to research information.
Performance
Standard 1.1
Source(s) for the purpose are identified, selected and justified in terms of
context, language use, layout, intended audience and the contribution to the
research task or purpose.
Performance
Standard 1.2
Relevant information is extracted for the identified task or purpose.
Performance
Standard 1.3
Ideas are identified in terms of main ideas and subordinate ideas.
Performance Specific examples used by the writer to make relevant points are identified.
Page 189 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Standard 1.4
Performance
Standard 1.5
Opinions expressed in the text are identified.
Performance
Standard 1.6
Reference lists and/or bibliographies and footnotes are used to locate
additional information.
Explanatory Notes 1. Definitions
Audience – the target readership of the text.
Context – the situation in which the text might be used.
Language – vocabulary and style.
Layout – the format and overall presentation of the text.
Read means the person can extract meaning from written or printed text. It
is not a test of memory.
2. Texts referred to in this NCS:
could include – textbooks, non-fiction books, information sheets,
dictionaries, encyclopedias, subject reference books
could involve – technical maps, charts, graphic representations
could include – forms, directions, signs, notices, messages, notes, labels,
classified advertisements, advertisements, promotional material,
manuals, handbooks, incident reports, minutes, business letters, job
descriptions, newspapers
could include – complex graphic material, complex language and
structure.
Resource
requirements
Internet
Suggested assessment
methods
Assessment methods for this NCS are designed to ensure that learners are
given every opportunity to demonstrate competence and the relevant
underpinning knowledge.
Oral and written questioning will be used to back up workshop performance.
This questioning will be validated through the use of practical check sheets.
To be awarded successful completion for this NCS, learners must meet all of
Performance Standard.
Responsible SAG Trades Sector Advisory Group
Registration date 31st January, 2013
Planned review date After 5 years of registration or listing or earlier if required.
Moderation
information
Providers and assessors of this NCS must comply with the SQA National
Moderation System. Details of this system are available from SQA.
Page 190 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
THE SAMOA QUALIFICATIONS FRAMEWORK
QF Consultation 13 June 2006 21
LEVEL QUALIFICATION
X DOCTORATES
IX MASTERS
VIIIPOSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS, POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATES, BACHELOR WITH HONOURS
VIIBACHELORS, GRADUATE DIPLOMAS,
GRADUATE CERTIFICATES
VI
DIPLOMASV
IV
CERTIFICATESIII
II
I
Page 191 of 204
SQF LEVEL OUTCOME DESCRIPTORS
Qualification Level Knowledge Skill Application of skill and knowledge Credit Values
DO
CTO
RA
TES
X
Graduates will have knowledge at
the most advanced frontier of a field
of study or professional practice
which demonstrates a critical
understanding of a substantial and
complex body of knowledge
Graduates will have expert thinking,
technical and research skills in a
discipline to critically reflect, synthesize
and evaluate ideas and theories,
develop, adapt and implement
research methods to extend or re-
defined exiting knowledge or
professional practice and to
disseminate and promote new ideas to
peers and others. The graduate will
generate original knowledge and
understanding to make a substantial
contribution to a discipline or practice
area
Graduates will apply knowledge and
skills to demonstrate autonomy,
authoritative judgement, adaptability
and responsibility as an expert and
leading practitioner or academic,
showing a sustained commitment to
the development of new ideas or
practices at the forefront of their
discipline/practice area
360 – 480
credit points
post Level IX
MA
STER
S
IX
Graduates will have advanced
understanding of a complex body of
knowledge in one or more disciplines
or practice areas which is at the
forefront of their discipline/practice
area
Graduates will have expert specialised
skills to think and work in a body of
knowledge or practice area in order to
analyse, critically reflect and synthesize
complex information, problems and
theories and to research and apply
established theories and interpret and
communicate knowledge, skills and
Graduates will apply knowledge and
skills to demonstrate autonomy,
authoritative judgement, adaptability
and responsibility as a practitioner or
learner
120 – 240
credit points
post Level
VIII (in some
cases post
Level VII)
Page 192 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Qualification Level Knowledge Skill Application of skill and knowledge Credit Values
ideas to both specialist and non
specialist audiences
PO
STG
RA
DU
ATE
DIP
LOM
AS
and
CER
TIFI
CA
TES,
B (
Ho
ns)
VIII
Graduates will have advanced
theoretical and technical knowledge
in one or more disciplines
demonstrating critical understanding
of key principles
Graduates will have expert specialised
skills to think, work and communicate
in order to critically analyse, evaluate
and transform information to complete
a range of activities and to analyse and
generate solutions to complex
problems and communicate solutions,
knowledge, skills and ideas to others
Graduates will apply knowledge and
skills to demonstrate autonomy and
well developed judgement,
adaptability and responsibility as a
learner or practitioner
120 – 240
credit points
post Level VII
BA
CH
ELO
RS,
GR
AD
UA
TE
DIP
LOM
AS,
GR
AD
UA
TE
CER
TIFI
CA
TES
VII
Graduates will have deep specialised
technical and/or theoretical
knowledge in one or more fields of
study or work
Graduates will have well developed
skills to think and work and to
communicate, analyse, evaluate and
adapt information to complete a range
of activities, generate solutions to
complex problems and communicate
solutions, knowledge and ideas to
others
Graduates will apply knowledge and
skills to demonstrate autonomy,
judgement and responsibility in self
directed contexts. The graduate is
expected to provide specialist advice
and undertake specialist functions
360 – 480
credits
Page 193 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Qualification Level Knowledge Skill Application of skill and knowledge Credit Values
DIP
LOM
A
VI
Graduates will have broad theoretical
knowledge and deep technical
knowledge in a specialised or broad
area of work and/or learning
Graduates will have a broad range of
skills to think, work and communicate
in order to analyse information to
complete a range of activities and to
find solutions to unpredictable and
complex problems and to
communicate knowledge, skills and
ideas to others to help them solve
problems
Graduates will apply knowledge and
skills in order to demonstrate
autonomy and judgement and take
defined responsibility in contexts
subject to change and to provide
specialist advice and carry out
specialist functions. At this level the
graduate provides leadership in
changing contexts and is able to fully
manage their own work performance
and/or learning
240 – 360
credits
V
Graduates will have specialised
technical and theoretical knowledge
in a specialised area or a broad work
field and/or learning
Graduates will have a broad range of
skills to think, work and communicate
in order to analyse and find solutions
to predictable and unpredictable
problems and situations and to
communicate this information to
others.
Graduates will apply knowledge and
skills in order to demonstrate
autonomy, judgement in a defined
responsibility in known and changing
contexts and to manage the work
performance and/or learning of others
120 – 240
credits
CER
TIFI
CA
TE
IV
Graduates will have knowledge of
broad facts and practical and
theoretical knowledge related to a
specialised or broad area of work
and/or learning
Graduates will have a broad range of
skills to think, work and communicate
to select solutions for known and
unknown problems and to apply a
range of methods, tools, materials and
information to complete a range of
routine and non routine tasks
Graduates will apply knowledge and
skills to demonstrate autonomy and to
make judgements in both predictable
and unpredictable contexts. The
graduate will manage their own
learning and take some responsibility
for the work and learning of others
120 – 240
credits
Page 194 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Qualification Level Knowledge Skill Application of skill and knowledge Credit Values
III
Graduates will have knowledge of
broad facts and practical and
theoretical knowledge related to
specialised or broad area of work
and/or learning
Graduates will have a broad range of
skills to think, work and communicate
to select and apply solutions to familiar
problems using specialised range of
methods, tools, materials in work
and/or learning
Graduates will apply knowledge and
skills to make judgements about
problems under limited supervision
with some autonomy. They will be
mainly routine and predictable and
require collaboration with others. The
graduate will take major responsibility
for their own learning and
performance
120 – 240
credits
II
Graduates will have knowledge of
basic facts or of operations relevant
to work in a defined context and/or
for learning
Graduates will have the skills to think,
work and communicate in order to
apply known processes and known
solutions to problems that are familiar.
Graduates will have the skills to apply
known methods, tools and materials in
work or further learning
Graduates will apply knowledge and
skills in structured contexts under
general supervision in collaboration
with others 60 – 120
credits
I
Graduates will have functional
knowledge of literacy and numeracy
and how to live, work and study with
other people to live productively in
their community and enter work or
further study
Graduates will have the skills to think,
work and communicate on routine
tasks under direction and supervision
and to identify and report on any
routine problems
Graduates will apply knowledge and
skills in highly structured and directed
work, social or learning contexts where
interaction with others follows routine
patterns
40 – 120
credits
Page 195 of 204
ANNEX 3: SQF FIELDS AND SUBFIELDS
FIELD/CLASSIFICATION SUBFIELD CODE
NATURAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES NS
Mathematical Sciences Mathematics NS01
Statistics NS02
Mathematical Sciences not elsewhere classified NS91
Physics and Astronomy Physics NS03
Astronomy NS04
Chemical Sciences Organic Chemistry NS05
Inorganic Chemistry NS06
Chemical Sciences not elsewhere classified NS92
Earth Sciences Atmospheric Sciences NS07
Geology NS08
Geophysics NS09
Geochemistry NS10
Soil Science NS11
Hydrology NS12
Oceanography NS13
Earth Sciences not elsewhere classified NS93
Biological Sciences Biochemistry and Cell Biology NS14
Botany NS15
Ecology and Evolution NS16
Marine Science NS17
Genetics NS18
Microbiology NS19
Human Biology NS20
Zoology NS21
Neuroscience NS22
Biological Sciences not elsewhere classified NS94
Other Natural and Physical
Sciences
Medical Science NS23
Food Science and Biotechnology NS24
Pharmacology NS25
Laboratory Technology NS26
Natural and Physical Sciences not elsewhere classified NS95
FIELD/CLASSIFICATION SUBFIELD CODE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY IT
Computer Science Formal Language Theory IT01
Programming IT02
Computational Theory IT03
Compiler Construction IT04
Algorithms IT05
Data Structures IT06
Page 196 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Networks and Communications IT07
Computer Graphics IT08
Operating Systems IT9
Artificial Intelligence IT10
Computer Science not elsewhere classified IT91
Information Systems Conceptual Modelling IT11
Database Management IT12
Systems Analysis and Design IT13
Decision Support Systems IT14
Information Systems not elsewhere classified IT92
Other Information
Technology
Security Science IT15
Information Technology not elsewhere classified IT93
FIELD/CLASSIFICATION SUBFIELD CODE
ENGINEERING AND RELATED TECHNOLOGIES ER
Manufacturing,
Engineering and
Technology
Manufacturing Engineering ER01
Printing ER02
Textile Making ER03
Garment Making ER04
Plastics Processing Technology ER05
Footwear Making ER06
Wood Machining and Turning ER07
Cabinet Making ER08
Furniture Upholstery and Renovation ER09
Furniture Polishing ER10
Manufacturing Engineering and Technology not elsewhere
classified
ER91
Process and Resources
Engineering
Chemical Engineering ER11
Mining and Resources Engineering ER12
Wood Based Manufacturing ER13
Materials Engineering ER14
Ceramics, Industrial Glass and Rubber Manufacturing ER15
Food (excluding Seafood) Processing Technology ER16
Seafood Processing ER17
Process and Resources Engineering not elsewhere classified ER92
Automotive Engineering
and Technology
Automotive Engineering ER18
Vehicle Mechanics ER19
Automotive Electrics and Electronics ER20
Automotive Vehicle Refinishing ER21
Automotive Body Construction ER22
Panel Beating ER23
Upholstery and Vehicle Trimming ER24
Automotive Vehicle Operations ER25
Automotive Engineering and Technology not elsewhere classified ER93
Page 197 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Mechanical and Industrial
Engineering and
Technology
Mechanical Engineering ER26
Industrial Engineering ER27
Toolmaking ER28
Metal Fitting, Turning and Machining ER29
Sheetmetal Working ER30
Boiler-making and Welding ER31
Metal Casting and Pattern Making ER32
Precision Metalworking ER33
Plant and Machine Operations ER34
Mechanical and Industrial Engineering & Technology not
elsewhere classified
ER94
Civil Engineering Construction Engineering ER35
Structural Engineering ER36
Building Services Engineering ER37
Water and Sanitary Engineering ER38
Transport Engineering ER39
Road Construction ER40
Geotechnical Engineering ER41
Ocean Engineering ER42
Civil Engineering not elsewhere classified ER95
Geomatic Engineering Surveying ER43
Mapping Science ER44
Geomatic Engineering not elsewhere classified ER96
Electrical and Electronic
Engineering and
Technology
Electrical Engineering ER45
Electronic Engineering ER46
Computer Engineering ER47
Communications Technologies ER48
Communications Equipment Installation and Maintenance ER49
Power Line Installation and Maintenance ER50
Electrical Fitting, Electrical Mechanics ER51
Refrigeration, Heating and Air Conditioning ER52
Electronic Equipment Servicing ER53
Electrical and Electronic Engineering and Technology not
elsewhere classified
ER97
Aerospace Engineering and
Technology
Aerospace Engineering ER54
Aircraft Maintenance Engineering ER55
Aircraft Operation ER56
Air Traffic Control ER57
Aerospace Engineering and Technology not elsewhere classified ER98
Maritime Engineering and
Technology
Maritime Engineering ER58
Marine Construction ER59
Marine Craft Operation ER60
Maritime Engineering and Technology not elsewhere classified ER99
Other Engineering and Environmental Engineering ER61
Page 198 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Related Technologies Orthotics and Prosthetics ER62
Biomedical Engineering ER63
Fire Technology and Rescue Services ER64
Rail Operations ER65
Cleaning ER66
Engineering and Related Technologies not elsewhere classified ER100
FIELD/CLASSIFICATION SUBFIELD CODE
ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING AB
Architecture and Urban
Environment
Architecture AB01
Urban Design and Regional Planning AB02
Landscape Architecture AB03
Interior and Environmental Design AB04
Architecture and Urban Environment not elsewhere classified AB91
Building Building Science and Technology AB05
Building Construction Management AB06
Building Surveying (Inspection) AB07
Building Construction Economics (including Quantity Surveying) AB08
Bricklaying and Stonemasonry AB09
Carpentry and Joinery AB10
Ceiling, Wall and Floor Fixing AB11
Roof Fixing AB12
Plastering AB13
Furnishing Installation AB14
Floor Coverings AB15
Glazing AB16
Painting, Decorating, Sign Writing and Other Finishes AB17
Plumbing, Gasfitting and Drainlaying AB18
Scaffolding and Rigging AB19
Building not elsewhere classified AB92
FIELD/CLASSIFICATION SUBFIELD CODE
AGRICULTURE, ENVIRONMENTAL & RELATED STUDIES AE
Agriculture Agricultural Science AE01
Wool and Fibre Science AE02
Beekeeping AE03
Animal Husbandry AE04
Crop Production AE05
Equine Trades AE06
Wool and Fibre Harvesting AE07
General Land Skills AE08
Agriculture not elsewhere classified AE91
Horticulture and
Viticulture
Horticulture AE09
Viticulture AE10
Forestry Studies Forestry Studies AE11
Page 199 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Solid Wood Processing AE12
Fisheries Studies Aquaculture AE13
Seafood Harvesting (Fishing) AE14
Fisheries Studies not elsewhere classified AE92
Environmental Studies Land, Parks and Wildlife Management AE15
Environmental Studies not elsewhere classified AE93
Other Agriculture,
Environmental and Related
Studies
Pest and Weed Control AE16
Agriculture, Environmental and Related Studies not elsewhere
classified
AE94
FIELD/CLASSIFICATION SUBFIELD CODE
HEALTH HE
Medical Studies General Medicine HE01
Surgery HE02
Psychiatry HE03
Obstetrics and Gynaecology HE04
Paediatrics HE05
Anaesthesiology HE06
Pathology HE07
Radiology HE08
Internal Medicine HE09
General Practice Medicine HE10
Medical Studies not elsewhere classified HE91
Nursing Nursing HE11
Midwifery HE12
Health Care Assistant HE13
Nursing not elsewhere classified HE90
Pharmacy Pharmacy HE14
Dental Studies Dentistry HE15
Dental Hygiene and Therapy HE16
Dental Technology HE17
Dental Studies not elsewhere classified HE93
Optical Science Optometry HE18
Optical Technology HE19
Optical Science not elsewhere classified HE94
Veterinary Studies Veterinary Science HE20
Veterinary Assisting HE21
Veterinary Studies not elsewhere classified HE95
Public Health Occupational Health and Safety HE22
Environmental Health HE23
Page 200 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Health Education, Promotion, Counselling HE25
Community Health HE26
Epidemiology HE27
Public Health not elsewhere classified HE96
Radiography Medical Imaging Technology (Radiography) and Radiation
Therapy
HE28
Rehabilitation Therapies Physiotherapy HE29
Occupational Therapy HE30
Chiropractic and Osteopathy HE31
Speech Pathology HE32
Audiology HE33
Massage Therapy HE34
Podiatry HE35
Rehabilitation Therapies not elsewhere classified HE97
Complementary Therapies Naturopathy and Homeopathy HE36
Acupuncture HE37
Traditional Chinese Medicine HE38
Complementary Therapies not elsewhere classified HE98
Other Health Nutrition and Dietetics HE39
Human Movement and Sports Science HE40
Paramedical Studies HE41
First Aid HE42
Health not elsewhere classified HE99
FIELD/CLASSIFICATION SUBFIELD CODE
07 EDUCATION ED
Teacher Education Teacher Education: Early Childhood (Pre-Service) ED01
Teacher Education: Primary (Pre-Service) ED02
Teacher Education: Secondary (Pre-Service) ED03
Teacher Education: Tertiary ED04
Teacher Education: General (Pre-Service) ED05
Teacher Education: Special Education ED06
English Language Teaching(ESOL/EFL) ED07
Bilingual Early Childhood Teacher Training (Pre-Service) ED09
Immersion Early Childhood Teacher Training (Pre-Service) ED10
Bilingual Primary Teacher Training (Pre-Service) ED11
Immersion Primary Teacher Training (Pre-Service) ED12
Bilingual Secondary Teacher Training (Pre-Service) ED13
Immersion Secondary Teacher Training (Pre-Service) ED14
Teacher Professional Development ED15
Teacher Education not elsewhere classified ED91
Curriculum and Education
Studies
Curriculum Studies ED16
Education Studies ED17
Page 201 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Other Education Education not elsewhere classified ED92
FIELD/CLASSIFICATION SUBFIELD CODE
08 MANAGEMENT
AND COMMERCE
MC
Accountancy Accounting MC01
Accountancy not elsewhere classified MC91
Business and Management Business Management MC02
Human Resource Management MC03
Personal Management Training MC04
Organisation Management MC05
Industrial Relations MC06
International Business MC07
Education Administration MC08
Public and Health Care Administration MC09
Project Management MC10
Quality Management MC11
Hospitality Management MC12
Racing and Gaming Management MC13
Farm Management and Agribusiness MC14
Tourism Management MC15
Business and Management not elsewhere classified MC92
Sales and Marketing Sales MC16
Real Estate MC17
Marketing MC18
Advertising MC19
Public Relations MC20
Sales and Marketing not elsewhere classified MC93
Tourism Tourism Studies MC21
Office Studies Secretarial and Office Studies MC22
Text Processing and Office Tools MC23
Office Studies not elsewhere classified MC94
Banking, Finance and
Related Fields
Banking and Finance MC24
Insurance and Actuarial Studies MC25
Investment and Securities MC26
Banking, Finance and Related Fields not elsewhere classified MC27
Other Management and Commerce MC28
Purchasing, Warehousing and Distribution MC29
Valuation MC30
Management and Commerce not elsewhere classified MC95
FIELD/CLASSIFICATION SUBFIELD CODE
SOCIETY AND CULTURE SC
Page 202 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Political Science and Policy
Studies
Political Science SC01
Policy Studies SC02
Studies in Human Society Sociology SC03
Anthropology SC04
History SC05
Art History SC06
Archaeology SC07
Classics SC08
Human Geography SC09
Women’s Studies SC11
Studies in Human Society not elsewhere classified SC91
Human Welfare Studies
and Services
Social Work SC12
Children’s Services SC13
Nannying and Early Childhood Care SC14
Youth Work SC15
Support for the Older Person SC16
Care for People with Disabilities SC17
Community Client Care SC18
Counselling SC19
Welfare Studies SC20
Human Welfare Studies and Services not elsewhere classified SC92
Behavioural Science Psychology SC21
Behavioural Science not elsewhere classified SC93
Law Business and Commercial Law SC22
Constitutional Law SC23
Criminal Law SC24
Family Law SC25
International Law SC26
Taxation Law SC27
Legal Practice SC28
Law not elsewhere classified SC94
Justice and Law
Enforcement
Justice Administration SC29
Legal Studies SC30
Police Studies SC31
Justice and Law Enforcement not elsewhere classified SC95
Librarianship, Information
Management and
Curatorial Studies
Librarianship and Information Management SC32
Curatorial Studies SC33
Language and Literature English Language SC34
Foreign Languages SC36
English for Speakers of Other Languages SC37
Translating and Interpreting SC38
Linguistics SC39
Page 203 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Literature SC40
Language and Literature not elsewhere classified SC96
Philosophy and Religious
Studies
Philosophy SC41
Religious Studies SC42
Economics and
Econometrics
Economics SC43
Econometrics SC44
Sport and Recreation Sport and Recreation Activities SC45
Sports Coaching, Playing, Officiating and Instructing SC46
Sport and Recreation not elsewhere classified SC97
Other Society and Culture Community, Aiga, Family and Consumer Studies SC47
Cultural Studies SC48
Criminology SC49
Security Services SC50
Society and Culture not elsewhere classified SC98
FIELD/CLASSIFICATION SUBFIELD CODE
CREATIVE ARTS CA
Performing Arts Music CA01
Drama and Theatre Studies CA02
Dance CA03
Performing Arts not elsewhere classified CA91
Visual Arts and Crafts Fine Arts CA05
Photography CA06
Crafts CA07
Jewellery Making CA09
Floristry CA10
Visual Arts and Crafts not elsewhere classified CA92
Graphic and Design Studies Graphic Arts and Design Studies CA11
Textile Design CA12
Fashion Design CA13
Graphic and Design Studies not elsewhere classified CA93
Communication and Media
Studies
Audio Visual Studies CA15
Journalism, Communication and Media Studies CA16
Written Communication CA17
Verbal Communication CA18
Communication and Media Studies not elsewhere classified CA94
Other Creative Arts Creative Arts not elsewhere classified CA95
FIELD/CLASSIFICATION SUBFIELD CODE
FOOD, HOSPITALITY AND PERSONAL SERVICES FH
Page 204 of 204
© Samoa Qualifications Authority 2013
Food and Hospitality Hospitality FH01
Food and Beverage Service FH02
Butchery FH03
Baking and Pastry Making FH04
Cookery FH05
Food Hygiene FH06
Food and Hospitality not elsewhere classified FH91
Personal Services Beauty Therapy FH07
Hairdressing FH08
Personal Services not elsewhere classified FH92
FIELD/CLASSIFICATION SUBFIELD CODE
MIXED FIELDS MF
General Education
Programmes
General Primary and Secondary Education MF01
Literacy and Numeracy Programmes MF02
Learning Skills Programmes MF03
General Education Programmes not elsewhere classified MF91
Social Skills Programmes Social and Interpersonal Skills Programmes MF04
Life Skills MF05
Family/Aiga Education MF06
Social Skills Programmes not elsewhere classified MF92
Employment Skills
Programmes
Career Development Programmes MF07
Job Search Skills Programmes MF08
Work Practices Programmes MF09
Employment Skills Programmes not elsewhere classified MF93
Other Mixed Field
Programmes
Mixed Field Programmes not elsewhere classified MF94
FIELD/CLASSIFICATION SUBFIELD CODE
TOMAI MA ILOA SAMOA TS
Faiva Alofilima Ie Samoa TS01
Fala Eseese TS02
Siapo TS03
Tufuga ma Fa’atufugaga Malofie TS04
Fale TS05
Vaa TS06